Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 83025:c66ebcc29777
Removed %T in mode-line-format. Trivial documentation changes.
lisp/bindings.el (mode-line-buffer-identification): Use the
conditional formatting feature instead of builtin support.
src/buffer.c (Vmode_line_format): Removed %T documentation.
src/xdisp.c (decode_mode_spec): Removed %T processing.
lib-src/emacsclient.c (pass_signal_to_emacs, init_signals): Added
comment.
src/cm.c: Cosmetic changes.
src/termchar.h: Ditto.
src/keyboard.c (interrupt_signal, handle_interrupt): Updated
documentation.
src/process.c (add_keyboard_wait_descriptor): Added docs.
src/sysdep.c (init_all_sys_modes, init_sys_modes)
(reset_all_sys_modes): Added docs.
src/term.c (tty_ring_bell, tty_set_terminal_modes)
(tty_reset_terminal_modes, tty_update_end, set_terminal_window)
(tty_set_terminal_window, clear_to_end, tty_clear_to_end)
(tty_clear_frame, tty_clear_end_of_line, write_glyphs)
(tty_write_glyphs, insert_glyphs, tty_insert_glyphs, delete_glyphs)
(tty_delete_glyphs, tty_ins_del_lines, get_named_tty_display)
(init_initial_display, delete_tty): Added docs.
git-archimport-id: lorentey@elte.hu--2004/emacs--multi-tty--0--patch-65
author | Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 25 Jan 2004 00:43:38 +0000 |
parents | 6ce586a7243e |
children | 03a73693678e |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,88,93,94,95,97,98,1999,2000,01,02,03,04 |
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
314 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
314 | 21 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
26 | |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
34 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 37 #include "buffer.h" |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "charset.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 40 #include "frame.h" |
83004
7900111db01c
Converted display hooks to be display-local. Plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82995
diff
changeset
|
41 #include "termhooks.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 54 |
314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
56 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 58 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
63 #ifdef MAC_OS |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
64 #include "macterm.h" |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
65 #endif /* MAC_OS */ |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
66 |
25012 | 67 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
68 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
70 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
71 |
25012 | 72 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
73 | |
74 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
75 #include <unistd.h> | |
76 #endif | |
77 | |
314 | 78 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. |
25012 | 79 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
80 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
81 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
82 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 83 |
84 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
85 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
86 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
87 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
88 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
89 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
90 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
91 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
92 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
94 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
95 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
96 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
97 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
98 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
99 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 100 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
101 #endif | |
25012 | 102 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
103 | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
104 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 105 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
106 #endif | |
25012 | 107 |
108 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
109 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
110 | |
111 struct dim | |
112 { | |
113 int width; | |
114 int height; | |
115 }; | |
116 | |
117 | |
118 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
119 | |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
120 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
121 static void restore_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *)); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
122 static void fake_current_matrices P_ ((Lisp_Object)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
123 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
124 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 125 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
126 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
127 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
128 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
129 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
130 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
131 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int *)); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
132 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *)); |
25012 | 133 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); |
134 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
135 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
136 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
137 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
138 int, int, struct dim)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
139 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
25012 | 140 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
141 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 142 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
143 #endif |
25012 | 144 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
145 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
146 struct window *)); | |
147 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
148 struct window *)); | |
149 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
150 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
151 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
152 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
153 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
154 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
155 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
156 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
157 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
158 int, int)); | |
159 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
160 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
161 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
162 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
25012 | 163 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
164 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 165 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
166 int)); | |
167 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
168 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
169 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 170 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
171 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
172 #endif |
25012 | 173 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
174 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
175 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
176 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
177 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
178 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
179 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
25012 | 180 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
181 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
182 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
183 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
184 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
185 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 186 |
187 | |
188 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
189 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
190 scrolling. */ | |
191 | |
192 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
193 |
554 | 194 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 195 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 196 |
764 | 197 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 198 |
25012 | 199 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 200 |
201 int display_completed; | |
202 | |
25012 | 203 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
204 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 205 |
206 int visible_bell; | |
207 | |
764 | 208 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 209 |
210 int inverse_video; | |
211 | |
212 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
213 | |
43713
f92c4d87863a
Change defvar_int def and vars to use EMACS_INT instead of just int.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
214 EMACS_INT baud_rate; |
314 | 215 |
25012 | 216 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
217 creates the first frame. */ |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
218 |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
219 Lisp_Object Vinitial_window_system; |
314 | 220 |
221 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 222 |
314 | 223 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
224 | |
25012 | 225 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
226 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 227 |
228 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 229 as a character code. |
230 | |
231 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
232 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 233 |
234 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
235 | |
236 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
237 | |
238 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
239 | |
25012 | 240 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
241 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. Positive means at end of |
25012 | 242 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ |
243 | |
314 | 244 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
245 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
246 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 247 |
314 | 248 |
25012 | 249 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
250 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
251 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
252 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 253 |
254 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 255 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 256 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
257 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 258 |
259 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
260 | |
261 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
262 | |
263 int delayed_size_change; | |
264 | |
265 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
266 | |
267 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
268 | |
269 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
270 | |
271 struct window *updated_window; | |
272 | |
273 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
274 | |
275 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
276 int updated_area; | |
277 | |
278 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
279 | |
280 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
281 | |
282 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
283 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
284 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
285 | |
286 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
287 | |
288 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
289 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
290 | |
291 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
292 int glyph_pool_count; | |
293 | |
294 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
295 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
296 | |
297 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
298 | |
299 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
300 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
301 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
302 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
303 loaded on demand. */ | |
304 | |
305 int fonts_changed_p; | |
306 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
307 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. |
25012 | 308 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ |
309 | |
310 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
311 | |
312 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
313 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
314 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
315 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
316 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
317 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
318 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
319 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
320 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
321 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
322 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
323 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
324 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
325 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
326 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
327 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
328 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
329 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
330 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
331 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
332 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
333 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 static void add_frame_display_history P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 static void add_window_display_history P_ ((struct window *, char *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
348 has been constructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
354 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
357 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
358 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
361 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
363 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
366 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
369 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
371 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
376 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
378 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
382 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
386 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
391 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
399 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
400 doc: /* Dump redisplay history to stderr. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
401 () |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
404 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
409 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
413 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
414 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
415 |
25012 | 416 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
417 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
418 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (W)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
419 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (W)) |
25012 | 420 |
421 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
422 | |
423 | |
424 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
425 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
426 address of this function is used. */ | |
314 | 427 |
428 void | |
429 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
430 const char *from; |
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
431 char *to; |
314 | 432 int size; |
433 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
434 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
314 | 435 return; |
436 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
437 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
438 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
439 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
440 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
441 bcopy (from, to, size); |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
442 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
443 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
444 else |
314 | 445 { |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
446 register const char *endf = from + size; |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
447 register char *endt = to + size; |
314 | 448 |
449 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
450 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
451 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
452 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
453 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
454 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
314 | 455 if (to - from < 64) |
456 { | |
457 do | |
458 *--endt = *--endf; | |
459 while (endf != from); | |
460 } | |
461 else | |
462 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
463 for (;;) |
314 | 464 { |
465 endt -= (to - from); | |
466 endf -= (to - from); | |
467 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
468 if (endt < to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
469 break; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
470 |
314 | 471 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
472 } | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
473 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
474 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
25012 | 475 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
476 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
314 | 477 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
478 } | |
479 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
480 } |
314 | 481 |
25012 | 482 |
483 | |
484 /*********************************************************************** | |
485 Glyph Matrices | |
486 ***********************************************************************/ | |
487 | |
488 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
489 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
490 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
491 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
492 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
493 | |
494 struct glyph_matrix * | |
495 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
496 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
497 { | |
498 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
499 | |
500 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
501 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
502 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
503 | |
504 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
505 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
506 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
507 | |
508 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
509 result->pool = pool; | |
510 return result; | |
511 } | |
512 | |
513 | |
514 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
515 | |
516 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
517 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
518 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
519 pointer was passed to this function. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
520 |
25012 | 521 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own |
522 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
523 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
524 | |
525 static void | |
526 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
527 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
528 { | |
529 if (matrix) | |
530 { | |
531 int i; | |
532 | |
533 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
534 allocated. */ | |
535 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
536 abort (); | |
537 | |
538 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
539 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
540 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
541 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
542 |
25012 | 543 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ |
544 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
545 xfree (matrix); | |
546 } | |
547 } | |
548 | |
549 | |
550 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
551 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
552 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
553 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
554 or a float. */ | |
555 | |
556 static int | |
557 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
558 struct window *w; | |
559 int total_glyphs; | |
560 Lisp_Object margin; | |
561 { | |
562 int n; | |
563 | |
564 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
565 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
566 int width = XFASTINT (w->total_cols); |
25012 | 567 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); |
568 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
569 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
570 } | |
571 else | |
572 n = 0; | |
573 | |
574 return n; | |
575 } | |
576 | |
577 | |
578 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
579 window sizes. | |
580 | |
581 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
582 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
583 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
584 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
585 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
586 | |
587 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
588 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
589 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
590 MATRIX->pool. | |
591 | |
592 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
593 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
594 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
595 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
596 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
597 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
598 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
599 | |
600 static void | |
601 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
602 struct window *w; | |
603 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
604 int x, y; | |
605 struct dim dim; | |
606 { | |
607 int i; | |
608 int new_rows; | |
609 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 610 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
611 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 612 int left = -1, right = -1; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
613 int window_width = -1, window_height; |
25012 | 614 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
615 /* See if W had a header line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
616 Get W's size. */ |
25012 | 617 if (w) |
618 { | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
619 window_box (w, -1, 0, 0, &window_width, &window_height); |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
620 |
25546 | 621 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
622 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 623 } |
25546 | 624 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 625 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
626 /* If POOL is null, MATRIX is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
627 Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas |
25012 | 628 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving |
629 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
630 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
631 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
632 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
633 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 634 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); |
635 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
636 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
637 | |
638 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
639 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 640 && !header_line_changed_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
641 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
642 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
25012 | 643 && matrix->window_height == window_height |
644 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
645 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
646 return; | |
647 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
648 |
25012 | 649 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ |
650 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
651 { | |
652 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
653 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
654 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
655 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
656 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
657 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
658 } | |
659 else | |
660 new_rows = 0; | |
661 | |
662 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
663 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
664 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
665 if (matrix->pool) | |
666 { | |
667 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
668 |
25012 | 669 if (w) |
670 { | |
671 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
672 w->left_margin_cols); |
25012 | 673 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
674 w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 675 } |
676 else | |
677 left = right = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
678 |
25012 | 679 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) |
680 { | |
681 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
682 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
683 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
25012 | 684 = (matrix->pool->glyphs |
685 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
686 + x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
687 |
25012 | 688 if (w == NULL |
689 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 690 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 691 { |
692 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
693 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
694 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
695 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
696 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
697 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
698 } | |
699 else | |
700 { | |
701 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
702 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
703 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
704 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
705 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
706 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
707 } | |
708 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
709 |
25012 | 710 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; |
711 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
712 } | |
713 else | |
714 { | |
715 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
716 its own memory. It is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
717 Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ |
25012 | 718 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w |
719 || new_rows | |
25546 | 720 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 721 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
722 { | |
723 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
724 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
725 |
25012 | 726 while (row < end) |
727 { | |
728 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
729 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
730 (dim.width | |
731 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
732 |
25012 | 733 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ |
734 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 735 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 736 { |
737 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
738 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
739 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
740 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
741 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
742 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
743 } | |
744 else | |
745 { | |
746 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
747 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
748 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
749 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
750 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
751 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
752 } | |
753 ++row; | |
754 } | |
755 } | |
756 | |
757 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
758 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
759 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
760 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
761 |
25012 | 762 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ |
763 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
764 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 765 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
766 if (w) |
25012 | 767 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
768 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 769 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
770 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
771 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
772 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
773 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
774 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
775 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
776 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
777 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
778 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
779 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
780 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
781 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
782 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
783 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
784 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
785 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
786 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
787 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
788 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
789 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
790 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
791 { |
38748
bb32ae33769e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Undo last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38734
diff
changeset
|
792 ++i; |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
793 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
794 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
795 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
796 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
797 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
798 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
799 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
800 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
801 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
802 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
803 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
804 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
805 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
806 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
807 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
808 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
809 } |
25012 | 810 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
811 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 812 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
813 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
814 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
815 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
816 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 817 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
818 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
819 } | |
820 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
821 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
822 |
25012 | 823 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ |
824 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
825 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
826 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
827 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
828 | |
829 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
830 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
831 if (w) | |
832 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
833 matrix->window_left_col = WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
834 matrix->window_top_line = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
25012 | 835 matrix->window_height = window_height; |
836 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
837 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
838 } | |
839 } | |
840 | |
841 | |
842 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
843 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
844 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
845 below). */ | |
314 | 846 |
847 static void | |
25012 | 848 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
849 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
850 int start, end; | |
314 | 851 { |
25012 | 852 int i, j; |
853 | |
854 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
855 { | |
856 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
857 initialization. */ | |
858 struct glyph_row temp; | |
859 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
860 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
861 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
862 } | |
314 | 863 } |
864 | |
25012 | 865 |
866 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
867 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
868 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
869 row structures are moved around). | |
870 | |
871 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
872 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
873 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
874 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
875 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
876 rotating right. */ | |
877 | |
878 void | |
879 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
880 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
881 int first, last, by; | |
314 | 882 { |
25012 | 883 if (by < 0) |
884 { | |
885 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
886 by = -by; | |
887 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
888 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
889 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
890 } | |
891 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 892 { |
25012 | 893 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
894 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
895 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
896 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 897 } |
25012 | 898 } |
899 | |
900 | |
901 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
902 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
903 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
904 | |
905 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
906 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 907 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
908 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
909 { | |
910 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
911 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
912 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
913 xassert (start <= end); | |
914 | |
915 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
916 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 917 } |
918 | |
919 | |
920 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
921 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
922 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
923 | |
924 void | |
925 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
926 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
927 int start, end; | |
928 int enabled_p; | |
929 { | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
930 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
931 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
932 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
933 |
25012 | 934 for (; start < end; ++start) |
935 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
936 } | |
937 | |
938 | |
939 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
940 | |
941 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
942 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
943 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
944 enabled_p flag. | |
945 | |
946 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
947 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
948 | |
949 void | |
950 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
951 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
952 { | |
953 if (matrix) | |
314 | 954 { |
25012 | 955 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
956 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 957 } |
958 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
959 |
25012 | 960 |
961 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
962 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
963 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
964 | |
965 void | |
966 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
967 struct window *w; | |
968 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
969 int start, end, dy; | |
970 { | |
971 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
972 |
25012 | 973 xassert (start <= end); |
974 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
975 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
976 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
977 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
978 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
979 |
25012 | 980 for (; start < end; ++start) |
981 { | |
982 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
983 |
25012 | 984 row->y += dy; |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
985 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
986 |
25012 | 987 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
988 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
989 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
990 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 991 } |
992 } | |
993 | |
994 | |
995 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
996 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
997 current matrix. */ | |
998 | |
999 void | |
1000 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
1001 register struct frame *f; | |
1002 { | |
1003 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
1004 if (f->current_matrix) | |
1005 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
1006 | |
1007 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
1008 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
1009 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
1010 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1011 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
1012 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1013 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1014 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1015 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 1016 |
1017 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
1018 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1019 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
1020 } | |
1021 | |
1022 | |
1023 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 1024 |
21514 | 1025 void |
25012 | 1026 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
1027 register struct frame *f; | |
314 | 1028 { |
25012 | 1029 if (f->desired_matrix) |
1030 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1031 |
25012 | 1032 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) |
1033 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
1034 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1035 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1036 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 1037 |
1038 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
1039 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1040 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
1041 } | |
1042 | |
1043 | |
1044 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
1045 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
1046 | |
1047 static void | |
1048 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
1049 struct window *w; | |
1050 int desired_p; | |
1051 { | |
1052 while (w) | |
314 | 1053 { |
25012 | 1054 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
1055 { | |
1056 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
1057 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
1058 } | |
1059 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 1060 { |
25012 | 1061 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
1062 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
1063 } | |
1064 else | |
1065 { | |
1066 if (desired_p) | |
1067 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1068 else | |
314 | 1069 { |
25012 | 1070 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1071 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1072 } |
25012 | 1073 } |
1074 | |
1075 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1076 } | |
1077 } | |
1078 | |
1079 | |
1080 | |
1081 /*********************************************************************** | |
1082 Glyph Rows | |
1083 | |
1084 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1085 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1086 | |
1087 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1088 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1089 structure members. */ | |
1090 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1091 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1092 |
25012 | 1093 void |
1094 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
1095 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1096 { | |
1097 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1098 | |
1099 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1100 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1101 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1102 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1103 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1104 | |
1105 /* Clear. */ | |
1106 *row = null_row; | |
1107 | |
1108 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1109 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1110 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1111 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1112 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1113 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1114 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1115 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1116 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1117 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1118 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1119 the code below. If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1120 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1121 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1122 #endif |
25012 | 1123 } |
1124 | |
1125 | |
1126 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1127 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1128 | |
1129 void | |
1130 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
1131 struct window *w; | |
1132 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1133 int y; | |
1134 { | |
1135 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1136 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1137 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1138 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1139 |
25012 | 1140 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1141 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1142 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1143 row->height = row->phys_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1144 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
25012 | 1146 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1147 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1148 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1149 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1150 |
1151 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1152 } | |
1153 | |
1154 | |
1155 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1156 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1157 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1158 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1159 ends. */ | |
1160 | |
1161 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1162 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1163 struct glyph_row *row; |
1164 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1165 { | |
1166 int area, i; | |
1167 | |
1168 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1169 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1170 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1171 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1172 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1173 | |
1174 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
1175 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1176 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1177 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1178 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1179 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1180 | |
1181 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1182 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1183 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1184 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1185 } | |
1186 | |
1187 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1188 #if 0 |
25012 | 1189 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1190 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1191 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1192 | |
1193 static void | |
1194 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1195 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1196 { | |
1197 int area; | |
1198 | |
1199 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1200 { | |
1201 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1202 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1203 | |
1204 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1205 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1206 | |
1207 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1208 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1209 | |
1210 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1211 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1212 | |
1213 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1214 { | |
1215 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1216 initialization. */ | |
1217 struct glyph temp; | |
1218 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1219 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1220 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1221 ++glyph_a; | |
1222 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1223 } |
1224 } | |
1225 } | |
25012 | 1226 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1227 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1228 |
1229 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1230 | |
1231 static INLINE void | |
1232 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1233 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1234 { | |
1235 int i; | |
1236 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1237 { | |
1238 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1239 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1240 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1241 } | |
1242 } | |
1243 | |
1244 | |
1245 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1246 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1247 | |
1248 INLINE void | |
1249 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1250 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1251 { | |
1252 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1253 | |
1254 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1255 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1256 | |
1257 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1258 *to = *from; | |
1259 | |
1260 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1261 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1262 } | |
1263 | |
1264 | |
1265 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1266 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1267 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1268 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1269 | |
1270 void | |
1271 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1272 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1273 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1274 { | |
1275 int area; | |
1276 | |
1277 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1278 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1279 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1280 | |
1281 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1282 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1283 if (from->used[area]) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1284 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], |
25012 | 1285 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
1286 | |
1287 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1288 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1289 } |
1290 | |
1291 | |
1292 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1293 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1294 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1295 a memory leak. */ | |
1296 | |
1297 static INLINE void | |
1298 assign_row (to, from) | |
1299 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1300 { | |
1301 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1302 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1303 } | |
1304 | |
1305 | |
1306 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1307 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1308 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1309 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1310 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1311 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1312 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1313 |
25012 | 1314 static int |
1315 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1316 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1317 { | |
1318 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1319 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1320 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1321 | |
1322 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1323 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1324 } | |
1325 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1326 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1327 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1328 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1329 |
25012 | 1330 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1331 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1332 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1333 | |
1334 static struct glyph_row * | |
1335 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1336 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1337 int row; | |
1338 { | |
1339 int i; | |
1340 | |
1341 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1342 | |
1343 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1344 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1345 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1346 break; | |
1347 | |
1348 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1349 } | |
1350 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1351 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1352 |
1353 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1354 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1355 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1356 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1357 | |
1358 void | |
1359 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1360 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1361 { | |
1362 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1363 { | |
1364 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1365 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1366 } | |
1367 } | |
1368 | |
1369 | |
1370 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1371 | |
1372 int | |
1373 line_hash_code (row) | |
1374 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1375 { | |
1376 int hash = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1377 |
25012 | 1378 if (row->enabled_p) |
1379 { | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1380 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1381 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1382 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1383 while (glyph < end) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1384 { |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1385 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1386 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1387 if (FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1388 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1389 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1390 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1391 ++glyph; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1392 } |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1393 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1394 if (hash == 0) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1395 hash = 1; |
25012 | 1396 } |
1397 | |
1398 return hash; | |
1399 } | |
1400 | |
1401 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1402 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS in MATRIX. The cost equals |
25012 | 1403 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is |
1404 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1405 | |
1406 static unsigned int | |
1407 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1408 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1409 int vpos; | |
1410 { | |
1411 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1412 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1413 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1414 int len; | |
1415 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1416 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1417 | |
1418 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1419 if (!FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
25012 | 1420 { |
1421 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1422 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1423 --end; |
1424 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1425 /* All blank line. */ |
25012 | 1426 if (end == beg) |
1427 return 0; | |
1428 | |
1429 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1430 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1431 ++beg; | |
1432 } | |
1433 | |
1434 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1435 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1436 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1437 len = end - beg; | |
1438 else | |
1439 { | |
1440 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1441 in LEN. */ | |
1442 len = 0; | |
1443 while (beg < end) | |
1444 { | |
1445 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1446 |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1447 if (g < 0 |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1448 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1449 len += 1; |
1450 else | |
1451 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1452 |
25012 | 1453 ++beg; |
1454 } | |
1455 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1456 |
25012 | 1457 return len; |
1458 } | |
1459 | |
1460 | |
1461 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1462 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1463 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1464 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1465 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1466 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1467 static INLINE int |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1468 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1469 struct window *w; |
1470 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1471 int mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 1472 { |
1473 if (a == b) | |
1474 return 1; | |
1475 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1476 return 0; | |
1477 else | |
1478 { | |
1479 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1480 int area; | |
1481 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1482 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1483 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
25012 | 1485 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1486 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1487 { | |
1488 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1489 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1490 |
25012 | 1491 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; |
1492 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1493 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1494 |
25012 | 1495 while (a_glyph < a_end |
1496 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1497 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1498 |
25012 | 1499 if (a_glyph != a_end) |
1500 return 0; | |
1501 } | |
1502 | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1503 if (a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1504 || a->cursor_in_fringe_p != b->cursor_in_fringe_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1505 || a->left_fringe_bitmap != b->left_fringe_bitmap |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1506 || a->right_fringe_bitmap != b->right_fringe_bitmap |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1507 || a->exact_window_width_line_p != b->exact_window_width_line_p |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1508 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1509 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1510 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
1511 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
1512 || a->x != b->x | |
1513 /* Different height. */ | |
1514 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1515 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1516 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1517 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1518 return 0; | |
1519 } | |
1520 | |
1521 return 1; | |
1522 } | |
1523 | |
1524 | |
314 | 1525 |
25012 | 1526 /*********************************************************************** |
1527 Glyph Pool | |
1528 | |
1529 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1530 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1531 | |
1532 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1533 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1534 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1535 | |
1536 static struct glyph_pool * | |
1537 new_glyph_pool () | |
1538 { | |
1539 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1540 | |
1541 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1542 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1543 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1544 |
25012 | 1545 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ |
1546 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1547 |
25012 | 1548 return result; |
1549 } | |
1550 | |
1551 | |
1552 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1553 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1554 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1555 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1556 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1557 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1558 | |
1559 static void | |
1560 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1561 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1562 { | |
1563 if (pool) | |
1564 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1565 /* More freed than allocated? */ |
25012 | 1566 --glyph_pool_count; |
1567 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1568 | |
1569 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1570 xfree (pool); | |
1571 } | |
1572 } | |
1573 | |
1574 | |
1575 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1576 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1577 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1578 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1579 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1580 | |
1581 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1582 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1583 | |
1584 static int | |
1585 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1586 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1587 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1588 { | |
1589 int needed; | |
1590 int changed_p; | |
1591 | |
1592 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1593 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1594 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1595 | |
1596 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1597 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1598 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1599 { | |
1600 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1601 | |
1602 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1603 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1604 else | |
1605 { | |
1606 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1607 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1608 } | |
1609 | |
1610 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1611 } | |
1612 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1613 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use them |
25012 | 1614 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines |
1615 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1616 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1617 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1618 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1619 |
25012 | 1620 return changed_p; |
1621 } | |
1622 | |
1623 | |
1624 | |
1625 /*********************************************************************** | |
1626 Debug Code | |
1627 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1628 | |
1629 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1630 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1631 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1632 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from the debugger. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1633 XXX Maybe this should be changed to flush the current terminal instead of |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1634 stdout. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1635 */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1636 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1637 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1638 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1639 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1640 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1641 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1642 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1643 |
25012 | 1644 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1645 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1646 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1647 MATRIX. */ | |
1648 | |
1649 void | |
1650 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1651 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1652 { | |
1653 int i, j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1654 |
25012 | 1655 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
1656 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1657 xassert (i == j | |
1658 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1659 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1660 } | |
1661 | |
1662 | |
1663 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1664 | |
1665 struct glyph_row * | |
1666 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1667 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1668 int row; | |
1669 { | |
1670 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1671 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1672 | |
1673 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1674 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1675 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1676 #if 0 |
25012 | 1677 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1678 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1679 |
25012 | 1680 return matrix->rows + row; |
1681 } | |
1682 | |
1683 | |
1684 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1685 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1686 nevertheless. */ | |
1687 | |
1688 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1689 window W. */ | |
1690 | |
1691 static void | |
1692 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1693 struct window *w; |
1694 { | |
25012 | 1695 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1696 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1697 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1698 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1699 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1700 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1701 int c; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1702 |
25012 | 1703 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ |
1704 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1705 return; | |
1706 | |
1707 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1708 | |
1709 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1710 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1711 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1712 { | |
1713 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1714 | |
1715 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1716 last_text_row = row; | |
1717 | |
1718 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1719 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1720 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1721 | |
1722 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1723 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1724 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1725 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
1726 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1727 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1728 | |
1729 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1730 of next row. */ | |
1731 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1732 { | |
1733 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1734 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1735 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1736 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
1737 } | |
1738 row = next; | |
1739 } | |
1740 | |
1741 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1742 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1743 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1744 } | |
1745 | |
1746 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1747 | |
1748 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1749 | |
1750 | |
1751 | |
1752 /********************************************************************** | |
1753 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1754 **********************************************************************/ | |
1755 | |
1756 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1757 redisplay | |
1758 | |
1759 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1760 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
1761 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
1762 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
1763 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
1764 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
1765 performed. | |
1766 | |
1767 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1768 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1769 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1770 | |
1771 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1772 | |
1773 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1774 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1775 | |
1776 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1777 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1778 DIM_ONLY_P) |
25012 | 1779 |
1780 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1781 function. | |
1782 | |
1783 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1784 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1785 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1786 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1787 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1788 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1789 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1790 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1791 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1792 | |
1793 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1794 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1795 necessary. | |
1796 | |
1797 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1798 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1799 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1800 windows in the sequence. | |
1801 | |
1802 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1803 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1804 | | | | | | |
1805 | | | | | |
1806 +---------+ | | result height | |
1807 | +---------+ | |
1808 | | | | |
1809 +----------+ --- | |
1810 | |
1811 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1812 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1813 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1814 | |
1815 |<---- result width -->| | |
1816 +---------+ --- | |
1817 | | | | |
1818 | | | | |
1819 +---------+--+ | | |
1820 | | | | |
1821 | | result height | |
1822 | | | |
1823 +------------+---------+ | | |
1824 | | | | |
1825 | | | | |
1826 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1827 | |
1828 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1829 allocated. */ | |
1830 | |
1831 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1832 | |
1833 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1834 size. */ | |
1835 | |
1836 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1837 | |
1838 static struct dim | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1839 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, dim_only_p, |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1840 window_change_flags) |
25012 | 1841 Lisp_Object window; |
1842 int x, y; | |
1843 int dim_only_p; | |
1844 int *window_change_flags; | |
1845 { | |
1846 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1847 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1848 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1849 struct dim total; | |
1850 struct dim dim; | |
1851 struct window *w; | |
1852 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1853 | |
1854 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1855 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1856 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1857 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1858 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1859 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1860 in_horz_combination_p | |
1861 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1862 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1863 | |
1864 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1865 do |
25012 | 1866 { |
1867 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1868 | |
1869 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1870 on whether this is a combination or a leaf window. */ |
25012 | 1871 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1872 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1873 dim_only_p, |
1874 window_change_flags); | |
1875 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1876 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1877 dim_only_p, |
1878 window_change_flags); | |
1879 else | |
1880 { | |
1881 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1882 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1883 { | |
1884 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1885 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1886 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1887 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1888 |
25012 | 1889 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no |
1890 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1891 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1892 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1893 |
1894 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1895 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1896 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1897 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1898 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1899 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1900 w->right_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1901 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) |
1902 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1903 w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1904 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) |
1905 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1906 | |
1907 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1908 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1909 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1910 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1911 necessary. */ | |
1912 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1913 { | |
1914 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1915 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1916 } | |
1917 } | |
1918 | |
1919 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1920 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1921 below W. */ | |
1922 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1923 x += dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1924 else |
25012 | 1925 y += dim.height; |
1926 | |
1927 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1928 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1929 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1930 | |
1931 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1932 window = w->next; | |
1933 } | |
1934 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1935 | |
1936 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1937 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1938 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1939 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1940 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1941 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1942 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1943 { | |
1944 total.width = x - x0; | |
1945 total.height = hmax; | |
1946 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1947 else |
25012 | 1948 { |
1949 total.width = wmax; | |
1950 total.height = y - y0; | |
1951 } | |
1952 | |
1953 return total; | |
1954 } | |
1955 | |
1956 | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1957 /* Return the required height of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1958 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1959 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1960 required_matrix_height (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1961 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1962 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1963 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1964 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1965 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1966 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1967 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1968 int ch_height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1969 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1970 return (((window_pixel_height + ch_height - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1971 / ch_height) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1972 /* One partially visible line at the top and |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1973 bottom of the window. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1974 + 2 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1975 /* 2 for header and mode line. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1976 + 2); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1977 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1978 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1979 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1980 return WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1981 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1982 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1983 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1984 /* Return the required width of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1985 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1986 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1987 required_matrix_width (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1988 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1989 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1990 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1991 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1992 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1993 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1994 int ch_width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1995 int window_pixel_width = WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1996 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1997 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1998 return (((window_pixel_width + ch_width - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1999 / ch_width) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2000 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2001 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2002 /* One partially visible column at the right |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2003 edge of each marginal area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2004 + 1 + 1); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2005 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2006 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2007 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2008 return XINT (w->total_cols); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2009 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2010 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2011 |
25012 | 2012 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the |
2013 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
2014 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2015 |
25012 | 2016 static void |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2017 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w) |
25012 | 2018 struct window *w; |
2019 { | |
2020 while (w) | |
314 | 2021 { |
25012 | 2022 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2023 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); |
25012 | 2024 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2025 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); |
25012 | 2026 else |
314 | 2027 { |
25012 | 2028 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
2029 struct dim dim; | |
2030 | |
2031 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
2032 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 2033 { |
25012 | 2034 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
2035 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 2036 } |
25012 | 2037 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2038 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2039 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 2040 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); |
2041 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2042 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2043 |
25012 | 2044 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); |
2045 } | |
2046 } | |
2047 | |
2048 | |
2049 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
2050 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
2051 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
2052 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
2053 | |
2054 void | |
2055 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
2056 struct frame *f; | |
2057 { | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2058 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2059 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2060 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2061 |
25012 | 2062 if (f) |
2063 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
2064 else | |
2065 { | |
2066 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2067 |
25012 | 2068 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) |
2069 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2070 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2071 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2072 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2073 } |
2074 | |
2075 | |
2076 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2077 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2078 To be called from init_display. |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2079 |
25012 | 2080 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. |
2081 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2082 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2083 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2084 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2085 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2086 | |
2087 static void | |
2088 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
2089 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2090 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2091 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2092 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2093 int frame_lines = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2094 int frame_cols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2095 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2096 |
2097 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2098 XSETFASTINT (root->top_line, top_margin); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2099 XSETFASTINT (root->total_cols, frame_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2100 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_lines - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2101 |
2102 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2103 XSETFASTINT (mini->top_line, frame_lines - 1); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2104 XSETFASTINT (mini->total_cols, frame_cols); |
25012 | 2105 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); |
2106 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2107 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2108 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2109 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2110 |
25012 | 2111 |
2112 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2113 | |
2114 static void | |
2115 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
2116 struct frame *f; | |
2117 { | |
2118 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2119 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2120 else | |
2121 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2122 |
25012 | 2123 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for |
2124 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2125 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2126 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2127 | |
2128 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2129 } | |
2130 | |
2131 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2132 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2133 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2134 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2135 static void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2136 fake_current_matrices (window) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2137 Lisp_Object window; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2138 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2139 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2140 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2141 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2142 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2143 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2144 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2145 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2146 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2147 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2148 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2149 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2150 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2151 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2152 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2153 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2154 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2155 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2156 xassert (m->matrix_h == WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2157 xassert (m->matrix_w == WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2158 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2159 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2160 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2161 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2162 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2163 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2164 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2165 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2166 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2167 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2168 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2169 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2170 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2171 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2172 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2173 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2174 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2175 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2176 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2177 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2178 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2179 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2180 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2181 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2182 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2183 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2184 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. */ |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2185 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2186 static struct glyph_matrix * |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2187 save_current_matrix (f) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2188 struct frame *f; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2189 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2190 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2191 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2192 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2193 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2194 bzero (saved, sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2195 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2196 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2197 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2198 bzero (saved->rows, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2199 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2200 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2201 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2202 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2203 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2204 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2205 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2206 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2207 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2208 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2209 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2210 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2211 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2212 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2213 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2214 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2215 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2216 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2217 static void |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2218 restore_current_matrix (f, saved) |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2219 struct frame *f; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2220 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2221 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2222 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2223 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2224 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2225 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2226 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2227 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2228 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2229 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2230 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2231 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2232 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2233 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2234 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2235 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2236 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2237 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2238 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2239 |
25012 | 2240 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2241 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2242 | |
2243 static void | |
2244 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
2245 struct frame *f; | |
2246 { | |
2247 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2248 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2249 int pool_changed_p; | |
2250 int window_change_flags; | |
2251 int top_window_y; | |
2252 | |
2253 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2254 return; | |
2255 | |
2256 /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
2257 console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
2258 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2259 |
25012 | 2260 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); |
2261 | |
2262 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2263 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2264 { | |
2265 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2266 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2267 } | |
2268 | |
2269 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2270 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2271 { | |
2272 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2273 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2274 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2275 |
25012 | 2276 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2277 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2278 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2279 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2280 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2281 matrix. */ | |
2282 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2283 matrix_dim | |
2284 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2285 0, top_window_y, | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2286 1, |
25012 | 2287 &window_change_flags); |
2288 | |
2289 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2290 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2291 | |
2292 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2293 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2294 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2295 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2296 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if |
25012 | 2297 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ |
2298 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2299 { | |
2300 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2301 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2302 0, top_window_y, 0, |
25012 | 2303 &window_change_flags); |
2304 | |
2305 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2306 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2307 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2308 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_COLS (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2309 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2310 |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2311 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2312 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2313 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2314 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2315 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2316 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2317 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2318 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2319 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2320 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2321 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2322 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2323 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2324 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2325 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2326 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2327 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2328 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2329 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2330 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2331 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2332 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2333 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2334 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2335 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2336 } |
25012 | 2337 } |
2338 } | |
2339 | |
2340 | |
2341 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2342 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2343 | |
2344 static void | |
2345 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2346 struct frame *f; | |
2347 { | |
2348 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2349 struct window *w; | |
2350 | |
2351 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2352 |
25012 | 2353 /* Get minimum sizes. */ |
2354 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
2355 ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
2356 ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
2357 #else | |
2358 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2359 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2360 |
25012 | 2361 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2362 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
25012 | 2363 |
2364 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
2365 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
49322 | 2366 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK) |
25012 | 2367 { |
2368 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2369 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2370 { | |
2371 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2372 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2373 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2374 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2375 } | |
2376 else | |
2377 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2378 | |
2379 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2380 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2381 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2382 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2383 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2384 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2385 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2386 } |
2387 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
2388 | |
49322 | 2389 #ifndef USE_GTK |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2390 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2391 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2392 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2393 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2394 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2395 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2396 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2397 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2398 } | |
2399 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2400 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2401 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2402 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2403 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2404 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2405 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2406 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
49322 | 2407 #endif |
25012 | 2408 } |
2409 | |
2410 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2411 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. |
25012 | 2412 |
2413 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2414 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2415 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2416 | |
2417 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2418 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2419 | |
2420 static void | |
2421 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2422 struct frame *f; | |
2423 { | |
2424 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2425 | |
2426 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2427 { | |
2428 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2429 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2430 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2431 } | |
2432 else | |
2433 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2434 } | |
2435 | |
2436 | |
2437 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2438 | |
2439 static void | |
2440 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2441 struct frame *f; | |
2442 { | |
2443 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2444 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2445 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2446 } | |
2447 | |
2448 | |
2449 | |
2450 /********************************************************************** | |
2451 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2452 **********************************************************************/ | |
2453 | |
2454 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2455 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2456 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2457 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2458 | |
2459 void | |
2460 free_glyphs (f) | |
2461 struct frame *f; | |
2462 { | |
2463 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2464 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2465 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2466 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2467 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2468 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2469 |
25012 | 2470 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ |
2471 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2472 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2473 | |
2474 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2475 glyph matrices. */ | |
2476 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2477 { | |
2478 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2479 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2480 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2481 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2482 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2483 } | |
2484 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2485 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2486 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2487 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2488 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2489 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2490 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2491 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2492 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2493 } |
2494 | |
2495 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2496 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2497 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2498 { | |
2499 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2500 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2501 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2502 } | |
2503 | |
2504 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2505 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2506 { | |
2507 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2508 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2509 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2510 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2511 |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2512 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2513 } |
2514 } | |
2515 | |
25012 | 2516 |
2517 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2518 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2519 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2520 | |
2521 void | |
2522 free_window_matrices (w) | |
2523 struct window *w; | |
2524 { | |
2525 while (w) | |
2526 { | |
2527 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2528 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2529 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2530 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2531 else |
25012 | 2532 { |
2533 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2534 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2535 W. */ | |
2536 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2537 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2538 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2539 } | |
2540 | |
2541 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2542 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2543 } | |
2544 } | |
2545 | |
2546 | |
2547 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2548 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2549 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2550 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2551 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2552 void |
25012 | 2553 check_glyph_memory () |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2554 { |
25012 | 2555 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2556 | |
2557 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2558 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2559 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2560 | |
2561 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2562 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2563 abort (); | |
2564 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2565 abort (); | |
2566 } | |
2567 | |
2568 | |
2569 | |
2570 /********************************************************************** | |
2571 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2572 **********************************************************************/ | |
2573 | |
2574 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2575 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2576 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2577 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2578 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2579 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2580 window matrices in this section. | |
2581 | |
2582 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2583 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2584 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2585 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2586 | |
2587 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2588 | desired | desired | | |
2589 | | | | |
2590 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2591 | current | | |
2592 | | | |
2593 +----------------------------------+ | |
2594 | |
2595 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2596 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2597 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2598 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2599 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2600 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2601 | |
2602 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2603 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2604 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2605 enabled. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2606 |
25012 | 2607 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to |
2608 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2609 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2610 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2611 | |
2612 This problem is solved like this: | |
2613 | |
2614 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2615 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2616 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2617 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2618 automatically. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2619 |
25012 | 2620 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are |
2621 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2622 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2623 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2624 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2625 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2626 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2627 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2628 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2629 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2630 | |
2631 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2632 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2633 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2634 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2635 | |
2636 static void | |
2637 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2638 struct frame *f; | |
2639 { | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2640 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2641 |
25012 | 2642 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2643 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2644 |
25012 | 2645 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. |
2646 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2647 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2648 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2649 | |
2650 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2651 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2652 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2653 } | |
2654 | |
2655 | |
2656 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2657 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2658 | |
2659 static void | |
2660 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2661 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2662 struct window *w; | |
2663 { | |
2664 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2665 { |
25012 | 2666 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2667 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2668 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2669 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2670 else | |
2671 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2672 | |
2673 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2674 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2675 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2676 |
25012 | 2677 |
2678 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2679 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2680 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2681 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2682 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2683 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2684 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2685 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2686 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2687 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2688 | |
2689 static void | |
2690 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2691 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2692 struct window *w; |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2693 { |
25012 | 2694 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2695 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2696 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
2697 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
2698 | |
2699 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2700 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2701 { | |
2702 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2703 | |
2704 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2705 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2706 { | |
2707 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
2708 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2709 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2710 : '|'); | |
2711 } | |
2712 } | |
2713 else | |
2714 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2715 | |
2716 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2717 frame matrix. */ | |
2718 window_y = 0; | |
2719 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2720 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2721 { |
25012 | 2722 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2723 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2724 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2725 |
2726 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2727 window row. */ | |
2728 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2729 | |
2730 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2731 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2732 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2733 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2734 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2735 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2736 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2737 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2738 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2739 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2740 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2741 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2742 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2743 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2744 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2745 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
25012 | 2746 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], |
2747 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2748 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2749 } | |
2750 else | |
2751 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2752 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2753 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2754 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2755 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2756 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2757 |
25012 | 2758 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2759 windows. */ | |
2760 if (right_border_glyph) | |
2761 { | |
2762 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2763 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2764 } | |
2765 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2766 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2767 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2768 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2769 |
25012 | 2770 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2771 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2772 |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2773 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2774 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2775 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2776 #endif |
25012 | 2777 } |
2778 | |
2779 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2780 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2781 can be done simply. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2782 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
25012 | 2783 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; |
2784 | |
2785 /* Next row. */ | |
2786 ++window_y; | |
2787 ++frame_y; | |
2788 } | |
2789 } | |
2790 | |
2791 | |
2792 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2793 | |
2794 Each row has the form: | |
2795 | |
2796 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2797 | left | text | right | | |
2798 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2799 | |
2800 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2801 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2802 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2803 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2804 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2805 | |
2806 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2807 | |
2808 static void | |
2809 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2810 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2811 { | |
2812 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2813 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2814 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2815 } | |
2816 | |
2817 | |
2818 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2819 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2820 | |
2821 static void | |
2822 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2823 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2824 int area; | |
2825 { | |
2826 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2827 { | |
2828 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2829 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2830 | |
2831 while (text < end) | |
2832 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2833 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2834 } | |
2835 } | |
2836 | |
2837 | |
2838 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2839 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2840 | |
2841 static void | |
2842 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2843 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2844 int upto; | |
2845 { | |
2846 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2847 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2848 |
25012 | 2849 while (i < upto) |
2850 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2851 | |
2852 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2853 } | |
2854 | |
2855 | |
2856 | |
2857 /********************************************************************** | |
2858 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2859 **********************************************************************/ | |
2860 | |
2861 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2862 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2863 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2864 | |
2865 static INLINE void | |
2866 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2867 struct frame *f; | |
2868 { | |
2869 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2870 } | |
2871 | |
2872 | |
2873 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2874 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2875 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2876 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2877 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2878 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2879 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2880 | |
2881 static INLINE void | |
2882 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2883 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2884 int row; | |
2885 { | |
2886 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2887 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2888 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2889 |
2890 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2891 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2892 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2893 | |
2894 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2895 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2896 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2897 |
2898 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2899 for window matrices. */ | |
2900 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2901 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2902 } | |
2903 | |
2904 | |
2905 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2906 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2907 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2908 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2909 | |
2910 static void | |
2911 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
2912 struct window *w; | |
2913 int frame_row; | |
2914 { | |
2915 while (w) | |
2916 { | |
2917 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2918 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2919 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2920 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2921 else | |
2922 { | |
2923 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2924 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2925 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2926 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2927 | |
2928 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2929 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2930 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2931 { |
25012 | 2932 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2933 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2934 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2935 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2936 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2937 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2938 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2939 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2940 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2941 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2942 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2943 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2944 |
25012 | 2945 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2946 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2947 } |
25012 | 2948 |
2949 | |
2950 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2951 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2952 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2953 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2954 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2955 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2956 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2957 | |
2958 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2959 |
25012 | 2960 void |
2961 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2962 retained_p) | |
2963 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2964 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2965 int *copy_from; | |
2966 char *retained_p; | |
2967 { | |
2968 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2969 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2970 | |
2971 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2972 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2973 |
25012 | 2974 int i; |
2975 | |
2976 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2977 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2978 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2979 | |
2980 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2981 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2982 { | |
2983 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2984 | |
2985 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2986 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2987 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2988 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2989 | |
2990 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
2991 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2992 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
2993 } | |
2994 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2995 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX is a frame matrix. */ |
25012 | 2996 if (frame_matrix_frame) |
2997 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
2998 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2999 } | |
3000 | |
3001 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3002 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3003 the current frame matrix. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3004 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3005 static void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3006 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3007 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3008 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3009 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3010 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
40271
ae4848857075
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Remove unused variable `area'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40214
diff
changeset
|
3011 int left, right, x, width; |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3012 |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3013 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window on a tty frame. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3014 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3015 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3016 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3017 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3018 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->right_margin_cols); |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3019 x = w->current_matrix->matrix_x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3020 width = w->current_matrix->matrix_w; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3021 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3022 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3023 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3024 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3025 |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3026 for (; window_row < window_row_end; ++window_row, ++frame_row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3027 { |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3028 window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3029 = frame_row->glyphs[0] + x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3030 window_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3031 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3032 window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3033 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + width; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3034 window_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3035 = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - right; |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3036 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3037 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3038 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3039 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3040 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3041 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3042 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3043 struct window * |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3044 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3045 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3046 int row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3047 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3048 struct window *found = NULL; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3049 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3050 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3051 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3052 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3053 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3054 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3055 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3056 else if (row >= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3057 && row < WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_LINE (w)) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3058 found = w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3059 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3060 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3061 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3062 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3063 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3064 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3065 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3066 |
25012 | 3067 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3068 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3069 | |
3070 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3071 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3072 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3073 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3074 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3075 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3076 which is empty. */ | |
3077 | |
3078 static void | |
3079 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
3080 struct window *w; | |
3081 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
3082 int *copy_from; | |
3083 char *retained_p; | |
3084 { | |
3085 while (w) | |
3086 { | |
3087 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3088 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3089 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3090 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3091 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3092 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3093 else | |
3094 { | |
3095 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3096 matrix m. */ | |
3097 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3098 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3099 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3100 | |
3101 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3102 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3103 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3104 | |
3105 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3106 { | |
3107 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3108 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3109 |
25012 | 3110 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ |
3111 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3112 |
25012 | 3113 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ |
3114 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3115 |
25012 | 3116 /* Window relative line assigned. */ |
3117 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3118 |
25012 | 3119 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ |
3120 int from_inside_window_p | |
3121 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3122 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3123 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3124 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3125 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3126 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3127 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3128 { |
3129 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3130 int enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3131 |
25012 | 3132 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved |
3133 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3134 that. */ | |
3135 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3136 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3137 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3138 |
25012 | 3139 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
3140 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3141 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3142 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3143 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3144 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3145 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3146 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3147 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3148 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3149 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3150 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3151 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3152 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3153 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3154 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3155 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3156 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3157 m2->rows + m2_from); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3158 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3159 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3160 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3161 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3162 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3163 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3164 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3165 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3166 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3167 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3168 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3169 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3170 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3171 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3172 |
25012 | 3173 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ |
3174 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3175 } | |
3176 | |
3177 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3178 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3179 } | |
3180 } | |
3181 | |
3182 | |
3183 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3184 | |
3185 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3186 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3187 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3188 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3189 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3190 |
21514 | 3191 void |
25012 | 3192 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3193 struct window *w; |
3194 { | |
25012 | 3195 while (w) |
3196 { | |
3197 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3198 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3199 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3200 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3201 else | |
3202 { | |
3203 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3204 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3205 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3206 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3207 |
25012 | 3208 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
3209 } | |
3210 } | |
3211 | |
3212 | |
3213 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3214 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3215 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3216 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3217 | |
3218 static void | |
3219 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3220 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3221 { | |
3222 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3223 int i = 0; | |
3224 | |
3225 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3226 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3227 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3228 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a |
25012 | 3229 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't |
3230 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3231 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3232 { | |
3233 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3234 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3235 abort (); | |
3236 ++i, ++j; | |
3237 } | |
3238 } | |
3239 | |
3240 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3241 | |
3242 | |
3243 | |
3244 /********************************************************************** | |
3245 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3246 **********************************************************************/ | |
3247 | |
3248 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3249 | |
3250 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3251 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3252 | |
3253 static int | |
3254 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3255 struct window *w; | |
3256 int vpos; | |
3257 { | |
3258 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3259 |
25012 | 3260 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
3261 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3262 vpos += WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3263 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 3264 return vpos; |
3265 } | |
3266 | |
3267 | |
3268 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3269 a horizontal position relative to W's frame. */ |
25012 | 3270 |
3271 static int | |
3272 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3273 struct window *w; | |
3274 int hpos; | |
3275 { | |
3276 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3277 |
25012 | 3278 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3279 hpos += WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
25012 | 3280 return hpos; |
314 | 3281 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3282 |
25012 | 3283 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
3284 | |
3285 | |
314 | 3286 |
25012 | 3287 /********************************************************************** |
3288 Redrawing Frames | |
3289 **********************************************************************/ | |
3290 | |
3291 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3292 doc: /* Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3293 (frame) |
25012 | 3294 Lisp_Object frame; |
3295 { | |
3296 struct frame *f; | |
3297 | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
3298 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame); |
25012 | 3299 f = XFRAME (frame); |
3300 | |
3301 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3302 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3303 called so early here). */ | |
3304 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3305 return Qnil; | |
3306 | |
3307 update_begin (f); | |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3308 #ifdef MSDOS |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3309 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3310 set_terminal_modes (FRAME_DISPLAY (f)); |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3311 #endif |
25012 | 3312 clear_frame (); |
3313 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
3314 update_end (f); | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3315 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3316 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
25012 | 3317 windows_or_buffers_changed++; |
3318 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3319 its redisplay done. */ | |
3320 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3321 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3322 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3323 return Qnil; | |
3324 } | |
3325 | |
3326 | |
3327 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3328 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3329 | |
3330 void | |
3331 redraw_frame (f) | |
3332 struct frame *f; | |
3333 { | |
3334 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3335 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3336 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3337 } | |
3338 | |
3339 | |
3340 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3341 doc: /* Clear and redisplay all visible frames. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3342 () |
25012 | 3343 { |
3344 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3345 | |
3346 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3347 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3348 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3349 | |
3350 return Qnil; | |
3351 } | |
3352 | |
3353 | |
3354 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3355 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3356 | |
3357 void | |
3358 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
3359 { | |
3360 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3361 | |
3362 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3363 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3364 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3365 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3366 } | |
3367 | |
3368 | |
3369 | |
3370 /*********************************************************************** | |
3371 Direct Operations | |
3372 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3373 | |
3374 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
3375 | |
3376 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
3377 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
3378 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
3379 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
3380 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
3381 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
3382 | |
3383 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
3384 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
3385 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
3386 for details where this function is called. */ | |
314 | 3387 |
3388 int | |
3389 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
3390 int g; | |
3391 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3392 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3393 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3394 struct it it, it2; | |
3395 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
3396 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
3397 int n; | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3398 /* Non-null means that redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3399 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); |
3400 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
3401 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
3402 int added_width; | |
3403 struct text_pos pos; | |
3404 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
3405 | |
3406 /* Not done directly. */ | |
3407 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
3408 | |
3409 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
3410 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
3411 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
3412 || fonts_changed_p | |
3413 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3414 || face_change_count | |
3415 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
314 | 3416 || !display_completed |
25012 | 3417 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
314 | 3418 || buffer_shared > 1 |
34715
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3419 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3420 minibuffer contents. */ |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3421 || (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window) |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3422 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
25012 | 3423 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
3424 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
3425 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
3426 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3427 || (overwrite_p |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3428 && PT != ZV |
25012 | 3429 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') |
3430 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
3431 || g == '\t' | |
3432 || g == '\n' | |
3433 || g == '\r' | |
3434 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
3435 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
36279
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3436 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3437 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3438 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3439 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3440 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3441 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3442 lines would change. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3443 (glyph_row->continued_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3444 || glyph_row->exact_window_width_line_p |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3445 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3446 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3447 have to be redisplayed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3448 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3449 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
25012 | 3450 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
3451 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
3452 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
3453 return 0; | |
3454 | |
35374
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3455 /* If we can't insert glyphs, we can use this method only |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3456 at the end of a line. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3457 if (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
35374
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3458 if (PT != ZV && FETCH_BYTE (PT_BYTE) != '\n') |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3459 return 0; |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3460 |
25012 | 3461 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be |
3462 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
3463 position. */ | |
3464 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
3465 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3466 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
25012 | 3467 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
3468 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
3469 | |
3470 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3471 if (glyph_row->mouse_face_p) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3472 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3473 |
25012 | 3474 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing |
3475 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
3476 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3477 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
25012 | 3478 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3479 { | |
3480 struct glyph *last; | |
3481 | |
3482 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
3483 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
3484 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3485 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
25012 | 3486 return 0; |
3487 } | |
3488 | |
3489 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
3490 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
3491 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
3492 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3493 |
25012 | 3494 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; |
3495 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
3496 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
3497 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
3498 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
3499 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
39226
d86fe98ee7d5
(direct_output_for_insert): Don't change IT's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38988
diff
changeset
|
3500 it.stop_charpos = max (IT_CHARPOS (it), it.stop_charpos); |
25012 | 3501 |
3502 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
3503 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3504 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a |
25012 | 3505 combination of both. */ |
3506 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
3507 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
3508 { | |
3509 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
3510 | |
3511 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
3512 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3513 return 0; | |
3514 | |
3515 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
3516 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
3517 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
3518 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3519 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3520 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
25012 | 3521 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
3522 return 0; | |
3523 | |
3524 delta += 1; | |
3525 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3526 set_iterator_to_next (&it, 1); |
25012 | 3527 } |
3528 | |
3529 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
3530 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
3531 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
3532 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
314 | 3533 return 0; |
3534 | |
25012 | 3535 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
3536 it2 = it; | |
3537 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
3538 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
3539 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
3540 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
3541 { | |
3542 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
3543 return 0; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3544 set_iterator_to_next (&it2, 1); |
25012 | 3545 } |
3546 | |
3547 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
3548 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3549 | |
3550 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
3551 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
3552 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
3553 | |
3554 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
3555 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3556 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3557 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
25012 | 3558 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
3559 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
3560 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3561 |
25012 | 3562 /* Compute new line width. */ |
3563 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3564 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3565 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
3566 while (glyph < end) | |
3567 { | |
3568 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
3569 ++glyph; | |
3570 } | |
3571 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3572 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly |
25012 | 3573 inserted ones. */ |
3574 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3575 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
25012 | 3576 glyph->charpos += delta; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3577 |
25012 | 3578 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) |
3579 { | |
3580 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
3581 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
3582 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3583 |
25012 | 3584 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3585 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3586 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3587 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3588 delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 3589 |
3590 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3591 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
3592 | |
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3593 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3594 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3595 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3596 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3597 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
25012 | 3598 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
3599 | |
3600 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
3601 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
3602 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
3603 and updated_row. */ | |
3604 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
38988
53ae5a92e2fc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set updated_area
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38748
diff
changeset
|
3605 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; |
25012 | 3606 update_begin (f); |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3607 if (FRAME_RIF (f)) |
25012 | 3608 { |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3609 FRAME_RIF (f)->update_window_begin_hook (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3610 |
36115
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3611 if (glyphs == end - n |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3612 /* In front of a space added by append_space. */ |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3613 || (glyphs == end - n - 1 |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3614 && (end - n)->charpos <= 0)) |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3615 FRAME_RIF (f)->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); |
25012 | 3616 else |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3617 FRAME_RIF (f)->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); |
25012 | 3618 } |
3619 else | |
3620 { | |
3621 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3622 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3623 else | |
3624 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3625 } | |
3626 | |
3627 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
3628 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
3629 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3630 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3631 | |
3632 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
3633 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
3634 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
3635 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
3636 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3637 FRAME_RIF (f)->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3638 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); |
25012 | 3639 else |
3640 { | |
3641 int x, y; | |
3642 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3643 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3644 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 3645 : 0)); |
3646 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3647 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3648 } | |
3649 | |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3650 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3651 update_window_fringes (w, 0); |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3652 #endif |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3653 |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3654 if (FRAME_RIF (f)) |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3655 FRAME_RIF (f)->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, 0); |
25012 | 3656 update_end (f); |
3657 updated_row = NULL; | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3658 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3659 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
25012 | 3660 |
3661 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
44260
64c67a3eebb2
(direct_output_for_insert): Call
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
43729
diff
changeset
|
3662 mark_window_display_accurate (it.window, 1); |
25012 | 3663 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3664 return 1; |
3665 } | |
3666 | |
25012 | 3667 |
3668 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
3669 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
3670 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
3671 | |
314 | 3672 int |
3673 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
3674 int n; | |
3675 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3676 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3677 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3678 struct glyph_row *row; | |
3679 | |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3680 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3681 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3682 current_buffer, PT)) |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3683 return 0; |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3684 |
25012 | 3685 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
3686 if (face_change_count) | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3687 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3688 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3689 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are |
25012 | 3690 displaying a message. */ |
3691 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
3692 return 0; | |
3693 | |
3694 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
3695 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
314 | 3696 return 0; |
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3697 |
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3698 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3699 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3700 return 0; |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3701 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3702 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3703 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3704 return 0; |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3705 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3706 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3707 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3708 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3709 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3710 |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3711 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3712 minibuffer contents. */ |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3713 if (XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3714 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3715 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3716 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3717 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3718 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3719 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3720 |
25012 | 3721 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
3722 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3723 /* Give up if PT is outside of the last known cursor row. */ |
41069
818a84568f83
(direct_output_forward_char): Fix character/byte
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
41025
diff
changeset
|
3724 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) |
818a84568f83
(direct_output_forward_char): Fix character/byte
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
41025
diff
changeset
|
3725 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)) |
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3726 return 0; |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3727 |
25012 | 3728 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3729 |
25012 | 3730 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3731 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3732 |
3733 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3734 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3735 |
25012 | 3736 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3737 FRAME_RIF (f)->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3738 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); |
25012 | 3739 else |
3740 { | |
3741 int x, y; | |
3742 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3743 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3744 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 3745 : 0)); |
3746 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3747 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3748 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3749 |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3750 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3751 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
25012 | 3752 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3753 return 1; |
3754 } | |
25012 | 3755 |
3756 | |
314 | 3757 |
25012 | 3758 /*********************************************************************** |
3759 Frame Update | |
3760 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3761 | |
3762 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3763 | |
3764 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3765 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3766 scrolling. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3767 |
25012 | 3768 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ |
314 | 3769 |
3770 int | |
25012 | 3771 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
3772 struct frame *f; | |
3773 int force_p; | |
3774 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3775 { | |
3776 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3777 int paused_p; | |
3778 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3779 | |
3780 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3781 { | |
3782 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3783 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3784 | |
3785 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3786 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3787 | |
3788 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3789 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3790 update_begin (f); | |
3791 | |
3792 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3793 support. */ | |
3794 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3795 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3796 | |
3797 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3798 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3799 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3800 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3801 |
3802 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3803 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3804 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3805 Lisp_Object tem; |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3806 |
25012 | 3807 update_window (w, 1); |
3808 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3809 | |
3810 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3811 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3812 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3813 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3814 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3815 } |
3816 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3817 |
25012 | 3818 |
3819 /* Update windows. */ | |
3820 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3821 update_end (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3822 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3823 #if 0 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3824 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway. */ |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3825 FRAME_RIF (f)->flush_display (f); |
25012 | 3826 #endif |
3827 } | |
3828 else | |
3829 { | |
3830 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3831 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3832 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3833 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3834 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3835 build_frame_matrix (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3836 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3837 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3838 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3839 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3840 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3841 |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3842 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3843 { |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3844 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))) |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3845 fflush (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3846 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3847 } |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3848 |
25012 | 3849 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3850 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3851 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3852 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3853 #endif |
25012 | 3854 } |
3855 | |
3856 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
3857 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3858 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3859 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3860 return paused_p; |
3861 } | |
3862 | |
3863 | |
3864 | |
3865 /************************************************************************ | |
3866 Window-based updates | |
3867 ************************************************************************/ | |
3868 | |
3869 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3870 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3871 | |
3872 static int | |
3873 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3874 struct window *w; | |
3875 int force_p; | |
3876 { | |
3877 int paused_p = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3878 |
25012 | 3879 while (w && !paused_p) |
3880 { | |
3881 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3882 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3883 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3884 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3885 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3886 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3887 | |
3888 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3889 } | |
3890 | |
3891 return paused_p; | |
3892 } | |
3893 | |
3894 | |
3895 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3896 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3897 | |
3898 void | |
3899 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3900 struct window *w; | |
3901 int force_p; | |
3902 { | |
3903 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3904 { | |
3905 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3906 | |
3907 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3908 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3909 | |
3910 /* Update W. */ | |
3911 update_begin (f); | |
3912 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3913 update_end (f); | |
3914 | |
3915 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3916 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3917 } | |
3918 } | |
3919 | |
3920 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3921 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3922 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3923 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3924 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3925 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3926 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3927 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3928 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3929 int i; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3930 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3931 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3932 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3933 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3934 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3935 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3936 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3937 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3938 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3939 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3940 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3941 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3942 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3943 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3944 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3945 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3946 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3947 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3948 enum glyph_row_area area; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3949 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3950 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3951 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3952 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3953 updated_area = area; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3954 FRAME_RIF (f)->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3955 area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3956 if (row->used[area]) |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3957 FRAME_RIF (f)->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3958 row->used[area]); |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3959 FRAME_RIF (f)->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3960 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3961 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3962 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3963 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3964 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3965 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3966 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3967 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3968 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3969 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3970 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3971 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3972 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3973 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3974 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3975 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3976 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3977 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3978 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3979 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3980 struct glyph_row *row; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3981 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3982 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3983 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3984 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3985 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3986 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3987 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3988 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3989 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3990 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3991 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3992 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3993 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3994 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3995 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3996 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3997 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3998 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3999 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4000 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4001 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4002 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4003 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4004 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4005 /* Record in neighbour rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4006 display. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4007 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4008 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4009 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4010 > row->height - row->ascent) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4011 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4012 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4013 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4014 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4015 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4016 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4017 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4018 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4019 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4020 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4021 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4022 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4023 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4024 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4025 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4026 void |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4027 check_current_matrix_flags (w) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4028 struct window *w; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4029 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4030 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4031 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4032 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4033 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4034 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4035 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4036 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4037 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4038 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4039 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4040 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4041 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4042 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4043 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4044 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4045 |
25012 | 4046 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
4047 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
4048 | |
4049 static int | |
4050 update_window (w, force_p) | |
4051 struct window *w; | |
4052 int force_p; | |
4053 { | |
4054 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4055 int paused_p; | |
4056 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
4057 extern int input_pending; | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4058 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4059 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4060 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4061 #endif |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4062 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 4063 |
4064 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
4065 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4066 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
4067 | |
4068 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
4069 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
4070 force_p = 1; | |
4071 else | |
4072 detect_input_pending (); | |
4073 | |
4074 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
4075 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4076 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 4077 { |
4078 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
4079 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4080 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4081 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 4082 |
4083 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
4084 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
4085 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4086 /* If window has a header line, update it before everything else. |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4087 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the header line height. */ |
25012 | 4088 row = desired_matrix->rows; |
4089 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4090 |
25012 | 4091 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4092 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4093 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4094 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4095 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4096 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4097 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 4098 |
4099 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
4100 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
4101 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
4102 { | |
4103 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
4104 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4105 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4106 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4107 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4108 } |
4109 | |
4110 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
4111 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
4112 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
4113 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
4114 ++row; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4115 |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4116 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 4117 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4118 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4119 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4120 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4121 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4122 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4123 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4124 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4125 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4126 else if (rc > 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4127 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4128 force_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4129 changed_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4130 } |
25012 | 4131 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4132 /* Update the header line after scrolling because a new header |
25012 | 4133 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window |
4134 that can be scrolled. */ | |
25546 | 4135 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4136 { |
25546 | 4137 header_line_row->y = 0; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4138 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4139 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4140 } |
4141 | |
4142 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4143 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
4144 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4145 { |
4146 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
4147 int i; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4148 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4149 /* We'll have to play a little bit with when to |
25012 | 4150 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, |
4151 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
4152 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4153 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
25012 | 4154 detect_input_pending (); |
4155 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4156 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4157 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4158 |
4159 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
4160 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
4161 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
4162 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
4163 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
4164 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
4165 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
4166 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
4167 in the first redisplay. */ | |
4168 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
4169 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
4170 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
4171 } | |
4172 | |
4173 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
4174 paused_p = row < end; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4175 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4176 set_cursor: |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4177 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4178 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping/overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 4179 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
4180 { | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4181 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4182 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4183 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4184 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4185 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4186 |
25012 | 4187 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
4188 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
4189 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4190 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4191 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 4192 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
4193 #endif | |
4194 } | |
4195 | |
4196 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
4197 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
4198 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
4199 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4200 |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
4201 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4202 update_window_fringes (w, 0); |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
4203 #endif |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4204 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4205 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4206 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4207 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4208 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4209 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4210 } |
4211 else | |
4212 paused_p = 1; | |
4213 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
4214 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
4215 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4216 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4217 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4218 |
25012 | 4219 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4220 |
25012 | 4221 return paused_p; |
4222 } | |
4223 | |
4224 | |
4225 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
4226 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
4227 | |
4228 static void | |
4229 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
4230 struct window *w; | |
4231 int area, vpos; | |
4232 { | |
4233 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4234 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 4235 |
4236 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4237 will be relative to. */ | |
4238 updated_area = area; | |
4239 | |
4240 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
4241 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
4242 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
4243 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
4244 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
4245 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
4246 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
4247 } | |
4248 | |
4249 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4250 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4251 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4252 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4253 static int |
25012 | 4254 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
4255 struct window *w; | |
4256 int vpos; | |
314 | 4257 { |
25012 | 4258 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
4259 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4260 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4261 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4262 |
4263 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4264 will be relative to. */ | |
4265 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4266 |
25012 | 4267 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, |
4268 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
4269 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4270 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4271 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4272 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4273 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 4274 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4275 || current_row->overlapped_p |
30307
faf4e303bab7
(update_text_area): Write the whole row if it
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30165
diff
changeset
|
4276 || current_row->mouse_face_p |
25012 | 4277 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
4278 { | |
4279 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4280 |
25012 | 4281 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4282 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
4283 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4284 |
25012 | 4285 /* Clear to end of window. */ |
4286 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4287 changed_p = 1; |
44815
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4288 |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4289 /* This erases the cursor. We do this here because |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4290 notice_overwritten_cursor cannot easily check this, which |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4291 might indicate that the whole functionality of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4292 notice_overwritten_cursor would better be implemented here. |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4293 On the other hand, we need notice_overwritten_cursor as long |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4294 as mouse highlighting is done asynchronously outside of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4295 redisplay. */ |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4296 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos) |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4297 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
25012 | 4298 } |
4299 else | |
4300 { | |
4301 int stop, i, x; | |
4302 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4303 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4304 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4305 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4306 |
25012 | 4307 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, |
4308 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
4309 extension actually takes place. */ | |
35269 | 4310 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4311 --desired_stop_pos; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4312 |
25012 | 4313 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); |
4314 i = 0; | |
4315 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4316 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4317 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4318 in common. */ |
25012 | 4319 while (i < stop) |
4320 { | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4321 int can_skip_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4322 |
25012 | 4323 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4324 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4325 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4326 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4327 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4328 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4329 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4330 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4331 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 4332 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4333 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4334 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4335 |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4336 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4337 &left, &right); |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4338 can_skip_p = right == 0; |
25012 | 4339 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4340 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4341 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 4342 { |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4343 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4344 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4345 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4346 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4347 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4348 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4349 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4350 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4351 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4352 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4353 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4354 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4355 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4356 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4357 taken care of by draw_glyphs. */ |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4358 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4359 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4360 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4361 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4362 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4363 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4364 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4365 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4366 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4367 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4368 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4369 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4370 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4371 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4372 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4373 } |
25012 | 4374 } |
4375 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4376 |
25012 | 4377 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row |
4378 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4379 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4380 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4381 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4382 { | |
4383 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4384 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4385 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4386 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4387 |
25012 | 4388 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4389 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4390 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4391 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4392 && x == current_x) |
4393 { | |
4394 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4395 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4396 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4397 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4398 } |
4399 | |
4400 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4401 { | |
4402 i = start_hpos; | |
4403 x = start_x; | |
4404 desired_glyph = start; | |
4405 break; | |
4406 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4407 |
25012 | 4408 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4409 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4410 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4411 } |
4412 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4413 |
25012 | 4414 /* Write the rest. */ |
4415 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4416 { | |
4417 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4418 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4419 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4420 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4421 |
25012 | 4422 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ |
4423 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4424 { | |
4425 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4426 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4427 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4428 appropriately above. */ | |
4429 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4430 } | |
4431 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4432 { | |
4433 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4434 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4435 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4436 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4437 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4438 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4439 } |
4440 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4441 { | |
4442 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4443 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4444 int x; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4445 |
25012 | 4446 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4447 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4448 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4449 |
4450 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4451 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4452 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4453 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4454 this way. */ | |
4455 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
4456 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4457 { | |
4458 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4459 x = -1; | |
4460 } | |
4461 else | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4462 x = current_row->pixel_width; |
25012 | 4463 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4464 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4465 } |
4466 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4467 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4468 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4469 } |
4470 | |
4471 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4472 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4473 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4474 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4475 static int |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4476 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4477 struct window *w; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4478 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
25012 | 4479 { |
4480 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4481 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4482 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4483 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4484 |
4485 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4486 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4487 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4488 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4489 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4490 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4491 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4492 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4493 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4494 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4495 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4496 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4497 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4498 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4499 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4500 && !NILP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4501 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4502 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4503 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4504 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4505 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4506 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4507 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4508 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4509 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4510 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4511 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4512 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4513 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4514 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4515 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4516 && !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4517 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4518 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4519 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4520 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4521 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4522 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4523 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4524 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4525 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4526 || desired_row->cursor_in_fringe_p != current_row->cursor_in_fringe_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4527 || current_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4528 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4529 || desired_row->exact_window_width_line_p != current_row->exact_window_width_line_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4530 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4531 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4532 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4533 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4534 |
25012 | 4535 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ |
4536 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4537 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4538 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4539 } |
4540 | |
4541 | |
4542 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4543 be called from update_window. */ | |
4544 | |
4545 static void | |
4546 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4547 struct window *w; | |
4548 { | |
4549 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4550 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (f); |
25012 | 4551 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; |
4552 | |
4553 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4554 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4555 |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4556 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4557 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4558 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4559 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4560 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4561 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4562 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4563 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4564 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4565 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4566 { | |
4567 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4568 | |
4569 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4570 { | |
4571 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4572 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4573 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4574 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4575 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4576 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4577 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4578 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4579 last_row = NULL; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4580 row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4581 while (row->enabled_p |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4582 && (last_row == NULL |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4583 || MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) <= yb)) |
25012 | 4584 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4585 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4586 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4587 last_row = row; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4588 ++row; |
25012 | 4589 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4590 |
25012 | 4591 if (last_row) |
4592 { | |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4593 struct glyph *start = last_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4594 struct glyph *last = start + last_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4595 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4596 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4597 --last; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4598 |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4599 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4600 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4601 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4602 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4603 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4604 |
25012 | 4605 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4606 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4607 } |
4608 } | |
4609 } | |
4610 else | |
4611 { | |
4612 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4613 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4614 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4615 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4616 } | |
4617 | |
4618 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
4619 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
4620 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
4621 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4622 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4623 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4624 } | |
4625 | |
4626 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4627 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4628 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4629 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4630 void |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4631 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4632 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4633 int on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4634 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4635 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4636 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4637 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4638 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4639 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4640 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4641 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4642 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4643 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4644 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4645 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4646 } |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4647 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4648 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4649 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4650 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4651 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4652 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4653 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4654 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4655 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4656 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4657 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4658 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4659 int old_uses, new_uses; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4660 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4661 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4662 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4663 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4664 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4665 int bucket; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4666 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4667 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4669 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4671 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4672 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4673 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4674 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4675 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4676 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4677 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4678 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4679 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4680 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4681 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4682 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4683 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4684 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4685 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4686 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4687 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4688 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4689 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4690 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4691 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4692 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4693 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4694 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4695 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4696 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4697 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4698 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4699 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4700 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4701 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4702 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4703 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4704 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4705 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4706 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4707 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4708 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4709 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4710 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4711 add_row_entry (w, row) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4712 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4713 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4714 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4715 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4716 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4717 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4718 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4719 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4720 entry = entry->next; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4721 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4722 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4723 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4724 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4725 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4726 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4727 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4728 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4729 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4730 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4731 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4732 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4733 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4734 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4735 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4736 |
25012 | 4737 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4738 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a header line. |
25012 | 4739 |
4740 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4741 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4742 O(N) time. | |
4743 | |
4744 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4745 | |
4746 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4747 | |
4748 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4749 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4750 | |
4751 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4752 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4753 | |
4754 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4755 forward and backward. | |
4756 | |
4757 Value is | |
4758 | |
4759 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4760 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4761 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4762 | |
4763 static int | |
25546 | 4764 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
25012 | 4765 struct window *w; |
25546 | 4766 int header_line_p; |
25012 | 4767 { |
4768 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4769 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4770 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4771 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4772 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4773 struct row_entry *entry; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4774 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 4775 |
4776 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4777 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4778 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4779 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4780 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4781 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4782 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4783 && d->enabled_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4784 && !d->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4785 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4786 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4787 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4788 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4789 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4790 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4791 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4792 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4793 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4794 break; |
25012 | 4795 } |
4796 | |
4797 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4798 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4799 return -1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4800 |
25012 | 4801 first_old = first_new = i; |
4802 | |
4803 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4804 desired matrix. */ | |
4805 i = first_new + 1; | |
4806 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4807 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4808 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4809 ++i; |
4810 | |
4811 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4812 return 0; | |
4813 | |
4814 last_new = i; | |
4815 | |
4816 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4817 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4818 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4819 disabled. */ | |
4820 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4821 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4822 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4823 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4824 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4825 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4826 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4827 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4828 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4829 |
25012 | 4830 last_old = i; |
4831 | |
4832 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4833 i = last_new; | |
4834 j = last_old; | |
4835 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4836 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4837 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4838 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4839 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4840 && !MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
25012 | 4841 && row_equal_p (w, |
4842 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4843 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4844 --i, --j; |
4845 last_new = i; | |
4846 last_old = j; | |
4847 | |
4848 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4849 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4850 return 0; | |
4851 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4852 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4853 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4854 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4855 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4856 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4857 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4858 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4859 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4860 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4861 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4862 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4863 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4864 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4865 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4866 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4867 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4868 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4869 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4870 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4871 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4872 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4873 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4874 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4875 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4876 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4877 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4878 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4879 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4880 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4881 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4882 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4883 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4884 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4885 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4886 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4887 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4888 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4889 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4890 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4891 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4892 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4893 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4894 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4895 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4896 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4897 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4898 |
25012 | 4899 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4900 { | |
4901 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4902 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4903 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4904 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4905 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4906 } |
4907 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4908 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4909 } |
4910 | |
4911 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4912 { | |
4913 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4914 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4915 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4916 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4917 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4918 } |
4919 | |
4920 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4921 in both matrices. */ | |
4922 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4923 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4924 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4925 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4926 { |
4927 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4928 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4929 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4930 |
4931 /* Record move. */ | |
4932 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4933 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4934 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4935 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4936 run->nrows = 1; | |
4937 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4938 | |
4939 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4940 j = i - 1; | |
4941 k = new_line - 1; | |
4942 while (j > first_old | |
4943 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4944 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4945 { |
4946 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4947 --run->current_vpos; |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4948 --run->desired_vpos; |
25012 | 4949 ++run->nrows; |
4950 run->height += h; | |
4951 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4952 run->current_y -= h; | |
4953 --j, --k; | |
4954 } | |
4955 | |
4956 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4957 j = i + 1; | |
4958 k = new_line + 1; | |
4959 while (j < last_old | |
4960 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4961 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4962 { |
4963 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4964 ++run->nrows; |
25012 | 4965 run->height += h; |
4966 ++j, ++k; | |
4967 } | |
4968 | |
4969 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4970 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4971 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4972 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4973 case. */ | |
4974 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4975 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4976 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4977 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4978 runs[j] = run; | |
4979 ++nruns; | |
4980 | |
4981 i += run->nrows; | |
4982 } | |
4983 else | |
4984 ++i; | |
4985 | |
4986 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4987 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4988 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4989 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4990 | |
4991 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4992 | A | | B | | |
4993 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4994 | B | | A | | |
4995 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4996 | |
4997 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4998 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4999 | |
5000 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
5001 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
5002 { | |
5003 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
5004 | |
5005 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
5006 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
5007 { | |
5008 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
5009 | |
5010 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
5011 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
5012 { | |
5013 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5014 |
25012 | 5015 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y |
5016 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
5017 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
5018 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
5019 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
5020 p->nrows = 0; | |
5021 } | |
5022 } | |
5023 | |
5024 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
5025 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
5026 { | |
5027 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5028 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
5029 |
25012 | 5030 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
5031 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5032 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
5033 if (!from->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
5034 && (to->left_fringe_bitmap != from->left_fringe_bitmap |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
5035 || to->right_fringe_bitmap != from->right_fringe_bitmap)) |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
5036 from->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1; |
25012 | 5037 assign_row (to, from); |
5038 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5039 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5040 } |
5041 } | |
5042 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5043 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5044 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5045 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5046 |
25012 | 5047 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5048 return 1; | |
5049 } | |
5050 | |
5051 | |
5052 | |
5053 /************************************************************************ | |
5054 Frame-Based Updates | |
5055 ************************************************************************/ | |
5056 | |
5057 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
5058 | |
5059 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
5060 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
5061 should not be tried. | |
5062 | |
5063 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
5064 | |
5065 static int | |
5066 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
5067 struct frame *f; | |
5068 int force_p; | |
5069 int inhibit_id_p; | |
5070 { | |
5071 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
5072 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
5073 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
5074 int i; | |
314 | 5075 int pause; |
5076 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 5077 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 5078 |
5079 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 5080 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5081 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5082 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5083 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5084 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5085 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5086 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5087 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5088 force_p = 1; |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5089 else if (!force_p && detect_input_pending ()) |
314 | 5090 { |
5091 pause = 1; | |
5092 goto do_pause; | |
5093 } | |
5094 | |
25012 | 5095 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5096 if (!FRAME_LINE_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
25012 | 5097 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
5098 |
493 | 5099 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 5100 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
5101 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
5102 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 5103 break; |
5104 | |
5105 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 5106 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
5107 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 5108 |
5109 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 5110 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
5111 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
5112 | |
5113 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
5114 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 5115 { |
25012 | 5116 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5117 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5118 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 5119 { |
5120 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
5121 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
5122 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
5123 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5124 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
314 | 5125 if (outq > 900 |
5126 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
5127 { | |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5128 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
314 | 5129 if (preempt_count == 1) |
5130 { | |
554 | 5131 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
5132 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
314 | 5133 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
5134 the outq count. */ |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5135 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
314 | 5136 #endif |
5137 outq *= 10; | |
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
5138 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5139 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
314 | 5140 } |
5141 } | |
5142 } | |
5143 | |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5144 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5145 detect_input_pending (); |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5146 |
25012 | 5147 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 5148 } |
5149 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5150 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5151 pause = (i < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 5152 |
5153 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
5154 if (!pause) | |
5155 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
5156 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 5157 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5158 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 5159 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5160 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5161 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5162 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5163 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 5164 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5165 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
5166 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 5167 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5168 int top = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))); |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5169 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5170 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5171 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5172 { |
25012 | 5173 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5174 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5175 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5176 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5177 } |
708 | 5178 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5179 { |
25012 | 5180 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5181 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
5182 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
5183 any text on it. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5184 row = FRAME_LINES (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5185 do |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5186 { |
25012 | 5187 --row; |
5188 col = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5189 |
25012 | 5190 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) |
5191 { | |
5192 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
5193 must be ignored here. */ | |
5194 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
5195 row); | |
5196 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5197 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5198 | |
5199 while (last > start | |
5200 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
5201 --last; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5202 |
25012 | 5203 col = last - start; |
5204 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5205 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5206 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5207 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5208 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5209 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5210 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5211 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5212 if (row < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5213 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5214 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5215 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5216 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5217 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5218 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5219 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5220 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5221 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5222 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5223 cursor_to (row, col); |
708 | 5224 } |
314 | 5225 else |
25012 | 5226 { |
5227 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
5228 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
5229 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5230 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5231 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5232 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5233 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5234 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5235 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5236 && w->cursor.vpos < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)) |
25012 | 5237 { |
5238 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
5239 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
5240 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5241 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5242 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5243 |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5244 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) - 1), 0); */ |
25012 | 5245 cursor_to (y, x); |
5246 } | |
5247 } | |
314 | 5248 } |
5249 | |
5250 do_pause: | |
5251 | |
25012 | 5252 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 5253 return pause; |
5254 } | |
5255 | |
25012 | 5256 |
5257 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 5258 |
21514 | 5259 int |
764 | 5260 scrolling (frame) |
25012 | 5261 struct frame *frame; |
314 | 5262 { |
5263 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
5264 int window_size; | |
5265 int changed_lines; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5266 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5267 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5268 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5269 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 5270 register int i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5271 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
25012 | 5272 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5273 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5274 | |
5275 if (!current_matrix) | |
5276 abort (); | |
5277 | |
5278 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
5279 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
5280 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 5281 changed_lines = 0; |
5282 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5283 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5284 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_LINES (frame); i++) |
314 | 5285 { |
5286 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 5287 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5288 return 0; |
25012 | 5289 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
5290 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5291 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5292 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5293 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5294 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5295 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5296 } |
314 | 5297 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5298 { |
25012 | 5299 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
5300 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5301 } |
314 | 5302 |
5303 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
5304 { | |
5305 changed_lines++; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5306 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 5307 } |
5308 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
5309 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 5310 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 5311 } |
5312 | |
5313 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5314 if ((!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5315 && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5316 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_LINES (frame)) |
314 | 5317 return 1; |
5318 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5319 window_size = (FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 5320 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
5321 | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5322 if (FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame)) |
314 | 5323 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5324 else if (FRAME_MEMORY_BELOW_FRAME (frame)) |
314 | 5325 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
5326 | |
5327 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 5328 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5329 if (!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5330 && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 5331 && (window_size >= |
5332 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5333 FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5334 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
5335 return 0; | |
5336 | |
25012 | 5337 if (window_size < 2) |
5338 return 0; | |
5339 | |
764 | 5340 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5341 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5342 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5343 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5344 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5345 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5346 | |
5347 return 0; | |
5348 } | |
25012 | 5349 |
5350 | |
5351 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5352 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5353 | |
5354 static int | |
5355 count_blanks (r, len) | |
5356 struct glyph *r; | |
5357 int len; | |
314 | 5358 { |
25012 | 5359 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5360 |
25012 | 5361 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5362 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5363 break; | |
5364 | |
5365 return i; | |
314 | 5366 } |
25012 | 5367 |
5368 | |
5369 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5370 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5371 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5372 |
5373 static int | |
25012 | 5374 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
5375 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
314 | 5376 { |
25012 | 5377 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5378 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5379 |
25012 | 5380 while (p1 < end1 |
5381 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5382 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5383 ++p1, ++p2; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5384 |
25012 | 5385 return p1 - str1; |
314 | 5386 } |
5387 | |
25012 | 5388 |
314 | 5389 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5390 |
314 | 5391 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5392 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_TOTAL_COLS((f))]) |
314 | 5393 |
25012 | 5394 |
5395 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5396 | |
314 | 5397 static void |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5398 update_frame_line (f, vpos) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5399 struct frame *f; |
314 | 5400 int vpos; |
5401 { | |
25012 | 5402 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5403 int tem; |
5404 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5405 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5406 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5407 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5408 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5409 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5410 int write_spaces_p = FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (f); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5411 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5412 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5413 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5414 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5415 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5416 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5417 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5418 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5419 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5420 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5421 { |
25012 | 5422 obody = 0; |
314 | 5423 olen = 0; |
5424 } | |
5425 else | |
5426 { | |
25012 | 5427 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5428 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5429 |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5430 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5431 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5432 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5433 olen--; |
314 | 5434 } |
5435 | |
25012 | 5436 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5437 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5438 | |
5439 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5440 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5441 { |
5442 nlen = 0; | |
5443 goto just_erase; | |
5444 } | |
5445 | |
25012 | 5446 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5447 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5448 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5449 | |
5450 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5451 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5452 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5453 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5454 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5455 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5456 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5457 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5458 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5459 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5460 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5461 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5462 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5463 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5464 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5465 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5466 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5467 case but in the line below. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5468 if (nlen < FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5469 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5470 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5471 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5472 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5473 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5474 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5475 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5476 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5477 |
25012 | 5478 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5479 return; | |
5480 } | |
314 | 5481 |
5482 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5483 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5484 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5485 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5486 nlen--; |
314 | 5487 |
5488 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5489 if (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
314 | 5490 { |
25012 | 5491 int i, j; |
5492 | |
5493 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5494 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5495 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5496 { | |
25012 | 5497 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5498 { |
25012 | 5499 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5500 j = i + 1; | |
5501 while (j < nlen | |
5502 && (j >= olen | |
5503 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5504 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5505 ++j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5506 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5507 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ |
314 | 5508 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
25012 | 5509 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
5510 i = j - 1; | |
314 | 5511 |
5512 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5513 } | |
5514 } | |
5515 | |
5516 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5517 if (olen > nlen) | |
5518 { | |
5519 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5520 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5521 } | |
5522 | |
25012 | 5523 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5524 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5525 return; |
5526 } | |
5527 | |
25012 | 5528 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5529 characters in a row. */ | |
5530 | |
314 | 5531 if (!olen) |
5532 { | |
25012 | 5533 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5534 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5535 if (write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5536 nsp = 0; |
5537 else | |
5538 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5539 | |
314 | 5540 if (nlen > nsp) |
5541 { | |
5542 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5543 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
5544 } | |
5545 | |
764 | 5546 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5547 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5548 return; |
5549 } | |
5550 | |
5551 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5552 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5553 nsp = (colored_spaces_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5554 |
5555 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5556 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5557 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5558 |
5559 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5560 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5561 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5562 { |
5563 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5564 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5565 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5566 } |
5567 | |
5568 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5569 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5570 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5571 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5572 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5573 | |
5574 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5575 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5576 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5577 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5578 while (op1 > op2 |
5579 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5580 { |
5581 op1--; | |
5582 np1--; | |
5583 } | |
5584 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5585 | |
5586 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5587 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5588 Is it worth it? */ | |
5589 | |
5590 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5591 if (endmatch && tem | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5592 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5593 || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5594 endmatch = 0; |
5595 | |
5596 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5597 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5598 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5599 Is it worth it? */ | |
5600 | |
5601 if (nsp != osp | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5602 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5603 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5604 { |
5605 begmatch = 0; | |
5606 endmatch = 0; | |
5607 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5608 } | |
5609 | |
5610 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5611 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5612 | |
5613 if (osp > nsp) | |
5614 { | |
5615 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5616 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
5617 } | |
5618 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5619 { | |
5620 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5621 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5622 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5623 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5624 { | |
5625 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
5626 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
5627 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
5628 } | |
5629 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
25012 | 5630 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5631 } |
5632 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5633 | |
5634 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5635 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5636 { | |
5637 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5638 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5639 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5640 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5641 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5642 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5643 if (nlen == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5644 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5645 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5646 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5647 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5648 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5649 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5650 { |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5651 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5652 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5653 } |
314 | 5654 } |
5655 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5656 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5657 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5658 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5659 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5660 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5661 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5662 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5663 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5664 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5665 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5666 |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5667 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5668 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5669 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5670 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5671 out--; |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5672 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5673 |
25012 | 5674 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5675 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5676 if (del > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5677 delete_glyphs (del); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5678 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5679 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5680 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5681 olen = nlen; |
5682 } | |
5683 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5684 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5685 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
314 | 5686 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
5687 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
5688 olen = nlen; | |
5689 } | |
5690 } | |
5691 | |
5692 just_erase: | |
5693 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5694 if (olen > nlen) | |
5695 { | |
5696 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5697 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5698 } | |
5699 | |
764 | 5700 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5701 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5702 } |
25012 | 5703 |
5704 | |
314 | 5705 |
25012 | 5706 /*********************************************************************** |
5707 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5708 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5709 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5710 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5711 Return the object (string or buffer) that's there. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5712 Return in *POS the position in that object. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5713 Adjust *X and *Y to character positions. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5714 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5715 Lisp_Object |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5716 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y, pos, object, dx, dy, width, height) |
25012 | 5717 struct window *w; |
5718 int *x, *y; | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5719 struct display_pos *pos; |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5720 Lisp_Object *object; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5721 int *dx, *dy; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5722 int *width, *height; |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5723 { |
25012 | 5724 struct it it; |
5725 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
5726 struct text_pos startp; | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5727 Lisp_Object string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5728 struct glyph_row *row; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5729 int x0, x1; |
25012 | 5730 |
5731 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
5732 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
5733 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5734 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5735 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5736 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5737 x0 = *x - WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5738 move_it_to (&it, -1, x0 + it.first_visible_x, *y, -1, |
25012 | 5739 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5740 |
25012 | 5741 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5742 |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5743 *dx = x0 + it.first_visible_x - it.current_x; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5744 *dy = *y - it.current_y; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5745 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5746 string = w->buffer; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5747 if (STRINGP (it.string)) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5748 string = it.string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5749 *pos = it.current; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5750 |
53190
053a4dfb6bd4
* dispnew.c (buffer_posn_from_coords): Add ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53176
diff
changeset
|
5751 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5752 if (it.what == IT_IMAGE) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5753 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5754 struct image *img; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5755 if ((img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it.f, it.image_id)) != NULL |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5756 && !NILP (img->spec)) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5757 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5758 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5759 #endif |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5760 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5761 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5762 if (row->enabled_p) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5763 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5764 if (it.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5765 { |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5766 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + it.hpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5767 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5768 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5769 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5770 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5771 *dy -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5772 #endif |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5773 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5774 else |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5775 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5776 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5777 *height = row->height; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5778 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5779 } |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5780 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5781 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5782 *width = *height = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5783 } |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5784 |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5785 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5786 x1 = max(0, it.current_x + it.pixel_width - it.first_visible_x); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5787 if (x0 > x1) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5788 it.hpos += (x0 - x1) / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5789 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5790 *x = it.hpos; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5791 *y = it.vpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5792 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5793 return string; |
25012 | 5794 } |
5795 | |
5796 | |
5797 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5798 mode line or header line (PART says which) of window W, or nil if none. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5799 *CHARPOS is set to the position in the string returned. */ |
25012 | 5800 |
5801 Lisp_Object | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5802 mode_line_string (w, part, x, y, charpos, object, dx, dy, width, height) |
25012 | 5803 struct window *w; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5804 enum window_part part; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5805 int *x, *y; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5806 int *charpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5807 Lisp_Object *object; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5808 int *dx, *dy; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5809 int *width, *height; |
25012 | 5810 { |
5811 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5812 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5813 int x0, y0; |
25012 | 5814 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
5815 | |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5816 if (part == ON_MODE_LINE) |
25012 | 5817 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
5818 else | |
25546 | 5819 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5820 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5821 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5822 |
25012 | 5823 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5824 { |
25012 | 5825 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
5826 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5827 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5828 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5829 for (x0 = *x; glyph < end && x0 > glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5830 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5831 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5832 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5833 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5834 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5835 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5836 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5837 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5838 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5839 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5840 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5841 struct image *img; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5842 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5843 if (img != NULL) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5844 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5845 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5846 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5847 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5848 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5849 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5850 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5851 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5852 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5853 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5854 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5855 } |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5856 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5857 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5858 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5859 *x = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5860 x0 = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5861 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5862 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5863 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5864 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5865 *dy = y0; |
25012 | 5866 |
5867 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5868 } |
25012 | 5869 |
5870 | |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5871 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in either |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5872 marginal area, or nil if none. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5873 the string returned. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5874 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5875 Lisp_Object |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5876 marginal_area_string (w, part, x, y, charpos, object, dx, dy, width, height) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5877 struct window *w; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5878 enum window_part part; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5879 int *x, *y; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5880 int *charpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5881 Lisp_Object *object; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5882 int *dx, *dy; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5883 int *width, *height; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5884 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5885 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5886 struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5887 int x0, y0, i, wy = *y; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5888 int area; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5889 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5890 |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5891 if (part == ON_LEFT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5892 area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5893 else if (part == ON_RIGHT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5894 area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5895 else |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5896 abort (); |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5897 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5898 for (i = 0; row->enabled_p && i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i, ++row) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5899 if (wy >= row->y && wy < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5900 break; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5901 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5902 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5903 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5904 if (row->enabled_p) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5905 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5906 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5907 it's the one we were looking for. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5908 if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5909 x0 = ((WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5910 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5911 : WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5912 + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5913 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5914 else |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5915 x0 = (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5916 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5917 : 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5918 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5919 glyph = row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5920 end = glyph + row->used[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5921 for (x0 = *x - x0; glyph < end && x0 > glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5922 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5923 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5924 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5925 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5926 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5927 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5928 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5929 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5930 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5931 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5932 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5933 struct image *img; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5934 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5935 if (img != NULL) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5936 *object = img->spec; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5937 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5938 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5939 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5940 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5941 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5942 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5943 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5944 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5945 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5946 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5947 } |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5948 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5949 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5950 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5951 x0 = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5952 *x = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5953 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5954 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5955 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5956 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5957 *dy = y0; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5958 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5959 return string; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5960 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5961 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5962 |
25012 | 5963 /*********************************************************************** |
5964 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5965 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5966 |
5967 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5968 |
493 | 5969 SIGTYPE |
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5970 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
25012 | 5971 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5972 { |
5973 int width, height; | |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5974 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
314 | 5975 extern int errno; |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5976 #endif |
314 | 5977 int old_errno = errno; |
5978 | |
82989
f3845715a5f6
Separate frame-local, tty-dependent parameters from tty-local parameters.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82987
diff
changeset
|
5979 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5980 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5981 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a single |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5982 termcap-controlled terminal, but we can't decide which. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5983 Therefore, we resize the frames corresponding to each tty. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5984 */ |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5985 for (tty = tty_list; tty; tty = tty->next) { |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5986 |
53341 | 5987 if (! tty->term_initted) |
5988 continue; | |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5989 |
82987
1682917e56b4
Major bugfixes and slight enhancements.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53341
diff
changeset
|
5990 get_tty_size (fileno (TTY_INPUT (tty)), &width, &height); |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5991 |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5992 { |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5993 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5994 |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5995 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5996 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame)) && FRAME_TTY (XFRAME (frame)) == tty) |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5997 /* Record the new sizes, but don't reallocate the data |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5998 structures now. Let that be done later outside of the |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5999 signal handler. */ |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
6000 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
6001 } |
314 | 6002 } |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
6003 |
314 | 6004 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); |
6005 errno = old_errno; | |
6006 } | |
6007 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
6008 | |
6009 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6010 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6011 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6012 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 6013 |
21514 | 6014 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6015 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6016 int safe; |
314 | 6017 { |
6018 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6019 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6020 return; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6021 |
314 | 6022 while (delayed_size_change) |
6023 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
6024 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 6025 |
6026 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
6027 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
6028 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 6029 { |
25012 | 6030 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
6031 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6032 if (f->new_text_lines != 0 || f->new_text_cols != 0) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6033 change_frame_size (f, f->new_text_lines, f->new_text_cols, |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6034 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 6035 } |
6036 } | |
6037 } | |
6038 | |
6039 | |
764 | 6040 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6041 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 6042 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6043 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6044 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6045 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6046 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6047 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6048 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6049 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6050 |
21514 | 6051 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6052 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 6053 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6054 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6055 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6056 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
6057 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
6058 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6059 { |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
6060 /* On MS-DOS, all frames use the same screen, so a change in |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
6061 size affects all frames. Termcap now supports multiple |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
6062 ttys. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6063 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
6064 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6065 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6066 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6067 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6068 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6069 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6070 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6071 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6072 static void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6073 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 6074 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6075 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
314 | 6076 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6077 int new_frame_total_cols; |
46293
1fb8f75062c6
Use macro SPECPDL_INDEX.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
6078 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
6079 |
314 | 6080 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6081 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 6082 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6083 f->new_text_lines = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6084 f->new_text_cols = newwidth; |
314 | 6085 delayed_size_change = 1; |
6086 return; | |
6087 } | |
6088 | |
764 | 6089 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6090 f->new_text_lines = 0; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6091 f->new_text_cols = 0; |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6092 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
6093 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
6094 if (newheight == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6095 newheight = FRAME_LINES (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
6096 if (newwidth == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6097 newwidth = FRAME_COLS (f); |
25012 | 6098 |
6099 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
6100 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6101 new_frame_total_cols = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS_ARG (f, newwidth); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
6102 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6103 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 6104 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6105 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6106 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6107 if (newheight == FRAME_LINES (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6108 && new_frame_total_cols == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 6109 return; |
6110 | |
15078 | 6111 BLOCK_INPUT; |
6112 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6113 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6114 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6115 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6116 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6117 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6118 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6119 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6120 if (newheight != FRAME_LINES (f)) |
314 | 6121 { |
25012 | 6122 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 6123 { |
25012 | 6124 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6125 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
25012 | 6126 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); |
6127 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
6128 (newheight | |
6129 - 1 | |
6130 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
6131 0); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6132 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6133 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 6134 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 6135 } |
6136 else | |
764 | 6137 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 6138 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
6139 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
6140 | |
6141 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
6142 FrameRows (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newheight; |
314 | 6143 } |
6144 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6145 if (new_frame_total_cols != FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 6146 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6147 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 6148 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6149 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 6150 |
6151 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
6152 FrameCols (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newwidth; |
25012 | 6153 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
6154 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6155 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->total_cols, newwidth); |
314 | 6156 } |
6157 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6158 FRAME_LINES (f) = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6159 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, newwidth); |
25012 | 6160 |
6161 { | |
6162 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
6163 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6164 |
25012 | 6165 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, |
6166 &text_area_height); | |
6167 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
6168 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
6169 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
6170 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
6171 } | |
6172 | |
6173 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6174 calculate_costs (f); |
25012 | 6175 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6176 f->resized_p = 1; |
15065 | 6177 |
6178 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6179 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6180 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6181 |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6182 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
25012 | 6183 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6184 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer, Qt); |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6185 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6186 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 6187 } |
25012 | 6188 |
6189 | |
314 | 6190 |
25012 | 6191 /*********************************************************************** |
6192 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
6193 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6194 | |
6195 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6196 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6197 doc: /* Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6198 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6199 (file) |
25012 | 6200 Lisp_Object file; |
6201 { | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6202 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ()) != 0) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6203 fclose (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ())); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6204 TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ()) = 0; |
25012 | 6205 |
6206 if (! NILP (file)) | |
6207 { | |
6208 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6209 TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ()) = fopen (SDATA (file), "w"); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6210 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ()) == 0) |
25012 | 6211 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); |
6212 } | |
6213 return Qnil; | |
6214 } | |
6215 | |
6216 | |
314 | 6217 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6218 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6219 doc: /* Send STRING to the terminal without alteration. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6220 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6221 (string) |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6222 Lisp_Object string; |
314 | 6223 { |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
6224 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6225 CHECK_STRING (string); |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6226 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6227 error ("Current frame is not on a tty device"); |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6228 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6229 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ())) |
314 | 6230 { |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6231 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6232 TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ())); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6233 fflush (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ())); |
314 | 6234 } |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6235 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6236 TTY_OUTPUT (CURTTY ())); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6237 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (CURTTY ())); |
314 | 6238 return Qnil; |
6239 } | |
6240 | |
25012 | 6241 |
314 | 6242 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6243 doc: /* Beep, or flash the screen. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6244 Also, unless an argument is given, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6245 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6246 (arg) |
314 | 6247 Lisp_Object arg; |
6248 { | |
493 | 6249 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 6250 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6251 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6252 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6253 else |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6254 ring_bell (); |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6255 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6256 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (CURTTY ())); |
314 | 6257 } |
6258 else | |
6259 bitch_at_user (); | |
6260 | |
6261 return Qnil; | |
6262 } | |
6263 | |
21514 | 6264 void |
314 | 6265 bitch_at_user () |
6266 { | |
6267 if (noninteractive) | |
6268 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 6269 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 6270 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
6271 else | |
6272 ring_bell (); | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6273 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6274 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (CURTTY ())); |
314 | 6275 } |
6276 | |
25012 | 6277 |
6278 | |
6279 /*********************************************************************** | |
6280 Sleeping, Waiting | |
6281 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6282 | |
314 | 6283 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6284 doc: /* Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6285 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6286 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6287 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6288 Emacs was built without floating point support. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6289 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6290 (seconds, milliseconds) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6291 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
314 | 6292 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6293 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6294 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6295 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6296 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6297 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6298 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6299 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6300 | |
6301 { | |
6302 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6303 sec = (int) duration; | |
6304 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6305 } | |
314 | 6306 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6307 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6308 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6309 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6310 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6311 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6312 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6313 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6314 { |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6315 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if usec is negative. */ |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6316 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6317 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6318 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6319 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6320 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6321 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6322 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6323 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6324 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6325 return Qnil; |
6326 | |
650 | 6327 { |
6328 Lisp_Object zero; | |
6329 | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6330 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
650 | 6331 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
6332 } | |
587 | 6333 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6334 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6335 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6336 #if 0 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6337 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
314 | 6338 immediate_quit = 1; |
6339 QUIT; | |
6340 | |
6341 #ifdef VMS | |
6342 sys_sleep (sec); | |
6343 #else /* not VMS */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6344 /* The reason this is done this way |
314 | 6345 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6346 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined'. */ |
314 | 6347 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT |
554 | 6348 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
6349 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
587 | 6350 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6351 |
314 | 6352 while (1) |
6353 { | |
554 | 6354 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
6355 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
6356 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
6357 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
314 | 6358 break; |
6359 } | |
6360 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6361 sleep (sec); | |
6362 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6363 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6364 |
314 | 6365 immediate_quit = 0; |
6366 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
6367 | |
6368 return Qnil; | |
6369 } | |
6370 | |
25012 | 6371 |
650 | 6372 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
6373 it does the redisplay. | |
6374 | |
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
6375 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
6376 waiting for input as well. */ |
650 | 6377 |
6378 Lisp_Object | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6379 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6380 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
314 | 6381 { |
650 | 6382 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
314 | 6383 |
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6384 swallow_events (display); |
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6385 |
43729
5b4c5b84bb9d
(sit_for): Don't wait if executing a kbd macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
43713
diff
changeset
|
6386 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display) || !NILP (Vexecuting_macro)) |
314 | 6387 return Qnil; |
650 | 6388 |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6389 if (initial_display) |
35336
002c02db42d3
Call redisplay_preserve_echo_area with additional arg.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35307
diff
changeset
|
6390 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
314 | 6391 |
673 | 6392 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
6393 return Qt; | |
6394 | |
314 | 6395 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6396 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6397 #endif |
6398 | |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6399 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
650 | 6400 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
6401 | |
314 | 6402 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6403 } | |
6404 | |
25012 | 6405 |
650 | 6406 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
40979 | 6407 doc: /* Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6408 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6409 fraction of a second. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6410 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6411 Optional arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6412 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6413 if input is available before it starts. |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6414 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving. |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6415 |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6416 An obsolete but still supported form is |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6417 \(sit-for SECONDS &optional MILLISECONDS NODISP) |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6418 Where the optional arg MILLISECONDS specifies an additional wait period, |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6419 in milliseconds; this was useful when Emacs was built without |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6420 floating point support. |
51413
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6421 usage: (sit-for SECONDS &optional NODISP OLD-NODISP) */) |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6422 |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6423 /* The `old-nodisp' stuff is there so that the arglist has the correct |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6424 length. Otherwise, `defdvice' will redefine it with fewer args. */ |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6425 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6426 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
650 | 6427 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6428 int sec, usec; |
650 | 6429 |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6430 if (NILP (nodisp) && !NUMBERP (milliseconds)) |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6431 { /* New style. */ |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6432 nodisp = milliseconds; |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6433 milliseconds = Qnil; |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6434 } |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6435 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6436 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6437 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6438 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6439 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6440 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6441 | |
6442 { | |
6443 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6444 sec = (int) duration; | |
6445 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6446 } | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6447 |
650 | 6448 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6449 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6450 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
650 | 6451 #endif |
6452 | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6453 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
650 | 6454 } |
25012 | 6455 |
6456 | |
314 | 6457 |
25012 | 6458 /*********************************************************************** |
6459 Other Lisp Functions | |
6460 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6461 | |
6462 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6463 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
6464 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
6465 add length checks). */ | |
6466 | |
6467 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6468 | |
6469 | |
6470 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6471 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, |
40979 | 6472 doc: /* Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6473 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6474 aside from buffers whose names start with space, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6475 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6476 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6477 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6478 the current state. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6479 () |
25012 | 6480 { |
6481 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
6482 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
6483 int n; | |
6484 | |
6485 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6486 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6487 { | |
6488 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
6489 goto changed; | |
6490 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
6491 goto changed; | |
6492 } | |
6493 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
6494 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
6495 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
6496 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6497 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6498 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6499 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6500 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6501 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6502 continue; |
6503 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
6504 goto changed; | |
6505 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
6506 goto changed; | |
6507 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
6508 goto changed; | |
6509 } | |
6510 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
6511 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6512 return Qnil; | |
6513 changed: | |
6514 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
6515 n = 1; | |
6516 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6517 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6518 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6519 n += 3; |
6520 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
6521 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
6522 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
6523 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
6524 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
6525 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6526 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6527 { | |
6528 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6529 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6530 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6531 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6532 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6533 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6534 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6535 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6536 continue; |
6537 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6538 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6539 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6540 } | |
6541 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6542 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6543 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6544 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6545 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6546 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
6547 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6548 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6549 abort (); | |
6550 return Qt; | |
6551 } | |
6552 | |
6553 | |
6554 | |
6555 /*********************************************************************** | |
6556 Initialization | |
6557 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6558 | |
6559 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. | |
6560 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6561 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6562 |
21514 | 6563 void |
314 | 6564 init_display () |
6565 { | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6566 char *terminal_type; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6567 |
314 | 6568 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
6569 extern int display_arg; | |
6570 #endif | |
6571 | |
25012 | 6572 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6573 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
6574 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
6575 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
6576 | |
314 | 6577 inverse_video = 0; |
6578 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6579 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6580 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6581 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6582 during startup. */ |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6583 Vinitial_window_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6584 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6585 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6586 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6587 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6588 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6589 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6590 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6591 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6592 |
6593 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6594 if (! display_arg) |
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6595 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6596 char *display; |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6597 #ifdef VMS |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6598 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6599 #else |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6600 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6601 #endif |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6602 |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6603 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
2364 | 6604 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6605 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6606 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6607 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6608 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6609 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6610 ) |
314 | 6611 { |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6612 Vinitial_window_system = intern ("x"); |
314 | 6613 #ifdef HAVE_X11 |
6614 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6615 #else | |
6616 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
6617 #endif | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
6618 #if defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6619 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6620 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6621 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6622 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6623 #endif |
25012 | 6624 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6625 return; |
6626 } | |
6627 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6628 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6629 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6630 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6631 { |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6632 Vinitial_window_system = intern ("w32"); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6633 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6634 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6635 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6636 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6637 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6638 |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
6639 #ifdef MAC_OS |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6640 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6641 { |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6642 Vinitial_window_system = intern ("mac"); |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6643 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6644 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6645 return; |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6646 } |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
6647 #endif /* MAC_OS */ |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6648 |
314 | 6649 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6650 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6651 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6652 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6653 exit (1); |
6654 } | |
6655 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6656 /* Look at the TERM variable. */ |
314 | 6657 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); |
6658 if (!terminal_type) | |
6659 { | |
6660 #ifdef VMS | |
6661 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
6662 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
6663 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
6664 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
6665 #else | |
6666 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
6667 #endif | |
6668 exit (1); | |
6669 } | |
6670 | |
6671 #ifdef VMS | |
25012 | 6672 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
314 | 6673 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
6674 { | |
6675 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
6676 char *p; | |
6677 | |
6678 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
6679 | |
6680 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
6681 if (isupper (*p)) | |
6682 *p = tolower (*p); | |
6683 | |
6684 terminal_type = new; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6685 } |
25012 | 6686 #endif /* VMS */ |
314 | 6687 |
53341 | 6688 { |
83004
7900111db01c
Converted display hooks to be display-local. Plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82995
diff
changeset
|
6689 struct display *d; |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6690 struct frame *f = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6691 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6692 /* Open a display on the controlling tty. */ |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6693 d = term_init (0, terminal_type, 1); /* Errors are fatal. */ |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6694 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6695 /* Convert the initial frame to use the new display. */ |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6696 if (! f->output_method == output_initial) |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6697 abort (); |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6698 f->output_method = d->type; |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6699 f->display = d; |
83023
6ce586a7243e
Set the keyboard of the initial frame correctly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83019
diff
changeset
|
6700 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
6ce586a7243e
Set the keyboard of the initial frame correctly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83019
diff
changeset
|
6701 f->kboard = d->display_info.tty->kboard; |
6ce586a7243e
Set the keyboard of the initial frame correctly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83019
diff
changeset
|
6702 #endif |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6703 |
83009
b2b37c85b00a
Numerous bugfixes and small improvements.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83008
diff
changeset
|
6704 d->reference_count++; |
83004
7900111db01c
Converted display hooks to be display-local. Plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82995
diff
changeset
|
6705 d->display_info.tty->top_frame = selected_frame; |
7900111db01c
Converted display hooks to be display-local. Plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82995
diff
changeset
|
6706 change_frame_size (XFRAME (selected_frame), FrameRows (d->display_info.tty), FrameCols (d->display_info.tty), 0, 0, 1); |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6707 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6708 /* Delete the initial display. */ |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6709 if (--initial_display->reference_count == 0 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6710 && initial_display->delete_display_hook) |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6711 (*initial_display->delete_display_hook) (initial_display); |
53341 | 6712 } |
6713 | |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6714 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6715 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6716 int width = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6717 int height = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6718 |
25012 | 6719 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6720 | |
6721 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6722 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6723 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6724 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6725 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6726 |
25012 | 6727 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6728 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6729 |
6730 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
6731 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6732 if (initialized) | |
6733 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
6734 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
6735 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
25012 | 6736 |
6737 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
6738 if (initialized | |
6739 && !noninteractive | |
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6740 #ifdef MSDOS |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6741 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6742 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6743 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6744 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6745 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6746 #endif |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6747 && NILP (Vinitial_window_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6748 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6749 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6750 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6751 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6752 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6753 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6754 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6755 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6756 } |
314 | 6757 } |
25012 | 6758 |
6759 | |
314 | 6760 |
25012 | 6761 /*********************************************************************** |
6762 Blinking cursor | |
6763 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6764 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6765 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6766 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6767 doc: /* Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6768 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6769 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6770 don't show a cursor. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6771 (window, show) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6772 Lisp_Object window, show; |
25012 | 6773 { |
6774 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6775 output routines. */ | |
6776 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6777 { | |
6778 if (NILP (window)) | |
6779 window = selected_window; | |
6780 else | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6781 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6782 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6783 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6784 } |
6785 | |
6786 return Qnil; | |
6787 } | |
6788 | |
6789 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6790 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6791 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6792 doc: /* Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6793 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6794 (window) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6795 Lisp_Object window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6796 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6797 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6798 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6799 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6800 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6801 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6802 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6803 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6804 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6805 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6806 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6807 |
25012 | 6808 |
6809 /*********************************************************************** | |
6810 Initialization | |
6811 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6812 | |
21514 | 6813 void |
314 | 6814 syms_of_display () |
6815 { | |
764 | 6816 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6817 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6818 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6819 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6820 defsubr (&Sding); | |
6821 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
6822 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
6823 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6824 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6825 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
314 | 6826 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6827 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6828 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6829 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6830 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6831 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6832 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6833 |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6834 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6835 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6836 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6837 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6838 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6839 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
40979 | 6840 doc: /* *The output baud rate of the terminal. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6841 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6842 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6843 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6844 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
40979 | 6845 doc: /* *Non-nil means invert the entire frame display. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6846 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6847 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6848 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
40979 | 6849 doc: /* *Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell. |
40334
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6850 |
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6851 See also `ring-bell-function'. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6852 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6853 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
40979 | 6854 doc: /* *Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6855 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6856 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6857 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6858 |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6859 DEFVAR_LISP ("initial-window-system", &Vinitial_window_system, |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6860 doc: /* Name of the window system that Emacs uses for the first frame. |
41025
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6861 The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6862 The value is nil if Emacs is using a text-only terminal. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6863 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6864 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
40979 | 6865 doc: /* The version number of the window system in use. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6866 For X windows, this is 10 or 11. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6867 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6868 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
40979 | 6869 doc: /* Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6870 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6871 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
40979 | 6872 doc: /* Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6873 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6874 Each element can be: |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6875 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6876 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows). |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6877 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6878 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6879 while outputting it. */); |
314 | 6880 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6881 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6882 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, |
40979 | 6883 doc: /* Display table to use for buffers that specify none. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6884 See `buffer-display-table' for more information. */); |
314 | 6885 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; |
6886 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6887 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
40979 | 6888 doc: /* *Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected. */); |
25012 | 6889 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; |
6890 | |
314 | 6891 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
6892 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6893 if (noninteractive) | |
6894 #endif | |
6895 { | |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6896 Vinitial_window_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6897 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; |
6898 } | |
6899 } | |
52401 | 6900 |
6901 /* arch-tag: 8d812b1f-04a2-4195-a9c4-381f8457a413 | |
6902 (do not change this comment) */ |